Home

Alspa CE80–20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User`s Manual

1. PT a I S o Cts lt ele 88 fy MI m S II 8I a 5 2 SSS Hg Micro Field Processor o C EREA Y o i 2 713 S 5 eS L S Iu i 5 215 H E 5 C7 ola ea CJ SEES ono 8 IL H 5 12 9 2 LL S H Terminal Block e Auxiliary Terminal Modules Blocks Figure 1 2 Types of Alspa CE80 20 modules ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 3 Introduction 21 N80 Bus Interface Unit The N80 Bus Interface Unit CE670GBI002 102 interfaces Alspa CE80 20 I O modules to a host PLC or computer via an N80 network It can exchange up to 128 bytes of input data and 128 bytes of output data with the host each N80 bus scan It can also handle N80 datagram communications The intelligent processing capabilities of the N80 Bus Interface Unit allow the configuration of features such as fault reporting selectable input and output defaults analog scaling and analog range selection for the modules in the station In addition the N80 Bus Interface Unit performs diagnostic checks on itself and its I O modules and relays diagnostic information to the host if configured for fault r
2. appears S1 ALG330 1 0 __ _ s ow S 1 ALG330 1 0 _ 51 10001 00016 F4 F2 51 AQ 008 lt gt 000001 00008 del zoom F4 F2 Y 51 Q 16 00001 00016 F4 F2 19 1 Assign I O References for the Module 51 Module gt l DES When you zoom into the module s slot a screen like this appears F2 Y 51 Network gt AQ DEFAULT ZERO Backplane FEY und siot Default data length S1 Network gt Q S 1 I I 032 5 DEFAULT ZERO 100257 100288 F2 F1 BIU Next available 51 LOC DEF OUT reference ZERO lt gt chg entr 2 F1 S1 CH ACTIVE This I O reference assignment screen shows the length and the next available F2 reference address for each data type in BIU memory CH1 DEF RNG a The 8 Point Analog Current Output Module is an intelligent module that uses more Fay FI than one type of data et up to 8 words of analog output data data type AQ on the Hand Held Monitor F2y Fi 2b ENG H 0 4 bytes of discrete input data data type I for module and channel status Use F2 of this data is optional H P ro SANL 0 2 bytes of discrete output data data type Q for clearing alarms Use of this F2 Y Rey data is optional S1 CH1 SPAN H The length is displayed in units that are appropriate for the data type analog output F2 y TF data is in wo
3. Terminating Start End Terminating Resistor of Bus of Bus Resistor VA 7 Serial 1 A Serial 1 Serial 2 D 8 2 Serial 2 Shield In 0 2 Shield In Shield Out io atl A Shield Out Figure 3 8 Making bus connections ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 13 Installation 11 3 Terminating a Bus If either bus will terminate at the Bus Interface Unit connect a 75 100 120 or 150 ohm terminating resistor across the Serial 1 and Serial 2 terminals Appendix C lists the correct impedance to use for each recommanded type of bus cable If the Bus Interface Unit will be powered up when not connected to a properly terminated bus connect a 75 ohm resistor across its Serial 1 and Serial 2 terminals to assure proper power up 11 3 1 Using Prefabricated Terminating Resistors Prefabricated moulded connectors with terminating resistors are available for 75 ohms catalog number IC660BLM508 and 150 ohms IC660BLM506 They can be used with conventional bus cable and with the cables with pre moulded connectors Attach the prefabricated resistor to the female cable end as shown below 46493 Underside of prefabricated resistor showing projection el Slide prefabricated resistor onto female cable end A N oS S
4. 3 17 12 INSTALLING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT ON THE TERMINAL BLOCK 3 18 13 REMOVING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT FROM THE TERMINAL BLOCK 3 19 Page 10 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Contents 14 REMOVING REPLACING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT FUSE 3 20 15 UPGRADING THE BIU FIRMWARE 0 0 00 n 3 21 CHAPTER 4 OPERATION 1 DATA HANDLING AT THE I O STATION ee II 4 2 1 1 Data for Conventional Modules 4 3 1 2 I O Data Status Data and Control Data for Intelligent Modules 4 3 1 3 Group Data for Intelligent Modules 4 4 2 THE BIOS WEEP cunt Side e Ne eade eite bdo e 4 6 2 1 Reads Inputs from Conventional Modules 4 6 2 2 Reads All Input Reference Parameters 4 6 2 3 Reads Group Data Whose Destination is BIU 4 7 2 4 Sends Group Data to Synchronization Module 4 7 2 5 Sends Reference Parameters to a Synchronization Module 4 7 2 6 Move Input Data to the Communications Buffer 4 7 2 7 Move Output Data from the Communications 4 7 2 8 Move Reference Parameter
5. Figure 3 9 Installation of terminating resistors Page 3 14 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 11 3 2 Installing Pre Moulded Bus Cables Installation Pre moulded cables must be installed in the orientation shown below The main bus cable exits toward the power connections The optional redundant bus cable exits away from the power connections m NE Serial 1 Optional LL 9 Serial2 Redundant Shield In Bus Shield Out Shield Out 3 Shield In Main Bus Q Serial2 Serial 1 ls 8 Pre moulded Cable Positions for Bus Interface Unit Mounted with Terminals on Left Pre moulded Cable Positions for _ 46499 Bus Interface Unit Mounted with Terminals on Right Serial 1 Serial 2 Shield In Shield Out Shield Out Shield In Serial 2 Serial 1 Figure 3 10 Installation of pre moulded bus cables ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual 0 69 Main Bus s T St x Optional Redundant J Bus amp y Ld Page 3 15 Installation Where two prefabricated cable ends m
6. ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 29 Datagrams 8 SET MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR OPERATING MODE Subfunction Code 21 hex This datagram can be used to set the operating mode of a Micro Field Processor in the I O Station Byte Value Description 0 F6hex Message code 1 18 Command code 2 Slot The slot number of the Micro Field Processor 3 0 Reserved 4 0 Offset of the Least Significant Byte of the data 5 0 Offset of the Most Significant Byte of the data 6 4 Data length 7 47 hex 8 45 hex 9 46 hex 10 0 Code to set Micro Field Processor mode 0 Stop No Mode Page 8 30 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 9 INTELLIGENT ANALOG MODULE RECALIBRATION DATAGRAM Subfunction Code 21 hex This datagram can be used to recalibrate a 16 Point Analog Grouped module IC670ALG240 to restore the factory calibration or to place the module into warmup mode for recalibration Byte Value Description 0 hex Message code 1 18 hex Command code 2 Slot No The module s slot number 3 0 Reserved 4 0 Offset of the Least Significant Byte of the data 5 0 Offset of the Most Significant Byte of the data 6 length Data length as shown in the following tables of data 7 133 data See below 9 1 Message Content for Calibrating Low End of Channel Byte Value Description 7 0 Reserved 8 Channel No Channel to be calib
7. 100001 100009 100017 100025 100033 100041 100048 Later a Write Map datagram is sent to the BIU specifying a beginning address of 10065 and a length of 5 bytes for I data The BIU would automatically reassign starting addresses to the I O modules starting at I00065 However this would place 8 inputs 100105 through 100112 outside the network map and would no longer send those inputs to the host Write Map Datagram Starting reference 100065 Length of data 5 bytes slot 1 slot 2 slot 3 100065 100073 100081 100089 100097 100105 100112 Page 6 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 5 REPORT FAULT DATAGRAM FORMAT The format of Report Fault datagrams sent by a Bus Interface Unit is shown below The Alspa C80 75 Bus Controller interprets this information automatically no datagram programming is required If the host is a computer this information can be retrieved from the unsolicited datagram queue and interpreted as needed for the application Subfunction Code 0F hex 5 1 Fault Byte 1 Byte No 0 ON A Description Fault Byte 1 Fault Byte 2 Fault byte 3 Fault byte 4 Fault byte 5 Fault byte 6 Fault byte 7 Fault type always 001 1 Type of module reporting fault 00 discrete output 01 discrete input 10 analog output 11 anal
8. 2 8 3 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS ene 2 9 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION 1 PREINSTALLATION CHECK 2 0 3 2 2 STATIC PROTECTION eI be rx x mer d NE Pp SE 3 2 3 HAND HELD MONITOR CONNECTOR ssseeeee s 3 2 4 SYSTEM WIRING GUIDELINES e e 3 3 4l ypesof Wining o orb tiie PAA as 3 3 4 2 Installing Additional Suppression 3 3 5 SYSTEM GROUNDING der rx UN aan 3 4 6 LOCATIONS FOR ALSPA CE80 20 2 3 5 T INSTALLING THE DIN RAIL 2 lh 3 6 8 INSTALLING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT TERMINAL BLOCK ON THE DIN RAIL 3 8 8 1 Installation i e RR RUE VOLL CERE MP EAS 3 8 8 2 Removal ier in o detur edens a ated uoo tede US erdt 3 9 9 INSTALLING THE CABLES BETWEEN TERMINAL BLOCKS 3 10 10 POWER WIRING TO THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT 3 11 11 CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS BUS 3 12 Bus Cables ane v YR LE She Na oe EA 3 13 11 2 Making Bus Connections eseeeeeeeee 3 13 11 3 Terminating a Bus ill RR RELIER Era DEN TEE 3 14 11 3 1 Using Prefabricated Terminating Resistors 3 14 11 3 2 Installing Pre Moulded Bus Cables 2 3 15 11 3 3 Bus Connection for Critical
9. S1 ModType After you accept a module into the slot a screen like this appears Combo Disc 10 06 FA Y IDEE EET d Number of St 16 5 1 1 16 references for I this module Ay 1 entr n S1 108 tg Q aes P 51 110 0 06 10 1 Assign I O References 100113 Q00033 F4 Specify the references to be used by the module For most applications you can simply Ns have the Bus Interface Unit assign the next available references in that memory type 100113 Alternatively you can enter specific references for the module F1 F2Y 51 Report Faults A To assign the next available references just press F4 entr YES A rey B If you want to change to another type of I O table press F3 toggle S1 HldLst State NO C If you want to assign specific references enter the starting address Press F4 entr F2 A F1 51 Ref Address Don M Q00033 For most applications all module references should fall within the network map F2 Y Ary configured for the Bus Interface Unit For local control a module can be configured S1 Hid Lst State outside the BIU network map NO In addition each data type I Q AI AQ has a total of 256 bytes allocated within the F2 F1 BIU So for each data type all references must be located within a 256 byte range For 1 OutDef Pt 01 example if the starting address for output data configured for the Bus Interface Unit 00000 0xx was Q01024 all module outputs would need to be located between Q01024 and F2
10. Maiden bia E RE 5 81 17 5 7 Reference Junction Compensation 5 81 17 5 8 R ference Junction Value lu died es Db UR Rx e ese e cpi 5 81 1759 OMS Cte 3 ees Bh eo ne ee uei tees t 5 82 17 5 10 Configure the Next Channel 2 5 82 18 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT ANALOG VOLTAGE OUTPUT MODULE 5 83 18 1 Assign I O References for Module 5 83 1814 Configure Data 25 lore ni IRR RR URBE e be dr gea 5 86 18 1 2 Configure Local Default Outputs 2 5 87 18 2 Circuit Configuration 2 5 88 Page 14 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Contents 18 2 1 Channel Header 5 88 18 22 Channel Active ee eat a eae The DIRMI RU EE Tre 5 88 18 2 3 Scaling ciel ce TIT ee Lad bth ode RI S 5 89 18 2 3 5 Custom 5 2 3 ut on E a reed et ree ec cere rece s 5 90 19 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT ANALOG CURRENT OUTPUT MODULE 5 92 19 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 92 1911 Configure Data Defaults ee te e e te ere teh tree 5 94 19 1 2 Configure Local Default Outputs 5 95 192 Circuit Configuration gt o b hea VV EAA a EP Wi 5 96 19 2 1 Channel Headet a roh Se eee ap ene cee
11. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 01 MSB AQ Reference Address or all zeros Byte 12 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o unlabelled bit must be 0 ____ Input Default or Hold Last State 0 default 1 hold last state Fault Reporting 0 enabled 1 disabled Output Default or Hold Last State Input Reference is I table Input Reference is Q Table Input Reference is AI Table Input Reference is AQ Table 13 7 6 5 413121110 reserved must be 0 Bytes 14 to 19 Output Circuit Configuration For each output content is 71515 4131210 unlabelled bits must be 0 Output Default State 0 off 1 on Byte No Byte Description 14 Output 1 Configuration 15 Output 2 Configuration 16 Output 3 Configuration 17 Output 4 Configuration 18 Output 5 Configuration 19 Output 6 Configuration ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 13 Datagrams 6 3 7 Conventional Analog Input Modules Configuration Data Format Specify the actual slot number and a length of 126 The reference address is the location in the BIU s I AI or AQ memory that is used by the module s data Specify only one address typically in the analog input AI table Set the other address selection bytes to all zeros For current module bytes 0 to 3 must be 32 hex 0 0 0 For voltage module bytes 0 to 3 must be 34 hex 0 0 0 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9
12. ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 71 Station Configuration 16 6 Wire Type Next specify the type of field wiring present at the terminal board connectors for each RTD The choices are 3 WIRE and 4 WIRE 5 1 CH1 WIRE TYP 3 WIRE lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the F3 toggle key if you want to change the displayed RTD Wire type 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 16 7 Low Alarm Limit Next set the low alarm limit for RTD The range is 32767 to 32767 Each RTD channel can have a low alarm limit and a high alarm limit Alarms do not stop the process or change the value of the input Alarm limits can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the signal If alarm reporting is not wanted alarm limits can be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal so they will never be activated The units used for alarm limits are the same type entered on the Units screen tenths of Ohms or tenths of degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit If units are subsequently changed alarm limits should be reviewed and adjusted if necessary S 1 1 ALARM LO 200 lt gt chg entr 1 Use the change key if you want to change the Low Alarm Limit and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item Page 5 72 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User
13. 0 004 AQ00001 00004 Fa F2 F1 51 Al 004 AI00001 00004 Foy 1 1 Module gt l DEFAULT ZERO Foy S1 Module gt DEFAULT ZERO Foy 51 Network 96Q DEFAULT ZERO F2 y 1 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ Foy AFI 1 CH 1 ACTIVE oom lt e VIIN lt lt T A zo 24 20 d 70 n N lt H1 ALARM LO 0 Foy F1 1 CH1 ALARM 0080 Foy 1 1 RESIST 1 00000 Foy F Repeat for Other Channels MEI Page 5 66 Follow the configuration steps below for the RTD module S 4 ALG620 Module version lt gt del zoom 16 1 Assign I O References for the Module Press F4 to zoom into the slot A screen like this appears S 4 AI AT 004 Number of AI01311 01314 references for this module type lt gt chg entr This screen shows the default table and length and the next available reference address for that reference type The length is displayed in appropriate units AI and AQ in words Q and I are bits An asterisk indicates that the reference is not yet defined If the present selection is acceptable press F4 enter to accept it The asterisk will disappear If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value press F3
14. Diagnostics and Fault Clearing for Intelligent Modules Diagnostics and Fault Clearing for the BIU and Conventional Modules Display and Clear Faults from an Hand Held Monitor Display and Clear Faults from an Alspa 8000 PLC 1 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT CLEARING FOR INTELLIGENT MODULES Some types of Alspa CE80 20 modules for example RTD and Thermocouple modules can provide module and circuit diagnostics in the form of discrete input data This data can be automatically sent to the host and used by the host as needed The content of each type of intelligent module s diagnostic data is different Details are given in the module s datasheet This diagnostic information is separate from the fault table and fault clearing procedures used by the BIU and conventional I O modules The faults do not count in the total number of faults that can be stored by the BIU The host can clear an intelligent module s diagnostic bits using the module s discrete output bits These faults cannot be cleared using a Hand Held Monitor or by sending a Clear Faults datagram 2 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT CLEARING FOR THE BIU AND CONVENTIONAL MODULES The Bus Interface Unit reads faults from conventional modules in the I O station These faults can be viewed and cleared from a programmer fault table or from a Hand Held Monitor The following table lists the fault messages generated by the N80 Bus Interface Unit for module and circuit faults on conventional
15. Password protection Built in communications port that supports Alspa 8000 protocols SNP and SNPX The Micro Field Processor requires an N80 Bus Interface Unit revision 2 0 or later Page 1 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction 2 5 Terminal Blocks and Auxiliary I O Terminal Blocks An I O Terminal Block provides mounting electrical and field wiring connections Each half of the I O Terminal Block can be mechanically keyed to accept only an I O module of a specific type Auxiliary I O Terminal Blocks can be easily attached to an I O Terminal Block They can be used to provide additional common terminals if needed For more information please refer to Chapter 2 Description which describes the Bus Interface Unit and Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block in detail Chapter 3 Installation which explains wiring to the Bus Interface Unit and explains how to install the Bus Interface Unit module on the Field Terminal Block Chapter 4 Operation which explains how the N80 Bus Interface Unit services I O Chapter 5 Station Configuration which explains how to configure I O modules The ALS 52308 Alspa CES0 20 I O Modules User s Manual which describes I O modules and I O Terminal Blocks This manual also explains module installation and field wiring ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 5 Introduction 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
16. Diagnostics and Fault Clearing 3 DISPLAY AND CLEAR FAULTS FROM A HAND HELD MONITOR 3 1 Displaying Faults A Hand Held Monitor can display faults from a Bus Interface Unit while attached anywhere on the N80 network 1 From the HHM Main Menu shown below display the HHM s special set of menus for the Bus Interface Unit F1 HHM UTILITIES F2 ANALYZE F3 CONFIGURATION F4 DEVICE MEMORY A If the Bus Interface Unit is the currently selected device press either F3 Configuration or F2 analyze twice B If the Bus Interface Unit is NOT the currently selected device e Select F2 analyze then F3 Block Bus Status e Press the F1 nxt or F2 prev key repeatedly until you reach the serial bus address of the Bus Interface Unit Press F3 to make the Bus Interface Unit the active device Then press the keypad Menu key followed by F2 Monitor Control Reference The HHM s Main Menu for the Bus Interface Unit appears Fl Monitor F2 Configuration 2 Select F1 monitor to display this menu Fl Monitor I O F2 Faults F3 Previous Menu 3 Select F2 faults to display fault information for the Bus Interface Unit and its modules 4 The Faults menu appears Fl First 16 Flts F2 Last 16 Flts F3 Previous Menu ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 6 3 Diagnostics and Fault Clearing 5 Press F1 to display the first set of 16 faults
17. 1 8 Figure 1 4 N80 Network with Alspa CE80 20 stations more complex example 1 9 Figure 1 5 Alspa CE80 20 station with CPU redundancy 2 0 1 11 Figure 1 6 Redundant bus configuration first 1 1 12 Figure 1 7 Redundant bus configuration second example 1 13 Figure 1 8 Redundant bus configuration third example 1 13 Figure 2 1 N80 BIO sn tins ed eee ate eRe HO Res Re E NO SE kee es 2 1 Figure 2 2 Timing chart for I O module operation with power loss 2 3 Figure 2 3 BIU input power requirements 2 2 2 4 Figure 2 4 BIU terminal block connection 2 2 8 Figure 3 1 System grounding 2 3 4 Figure 3 2 terminal block mounting holes 0 0 0 cece cece eee eee 3 7 Figure 3 3 terminal block installation on DIN rail 3 8 Figure 3 4 Location of terminal block connection cable 3 10 Figure 3 5 Power wiring to BIU 2 3 11 Figure 3 6 Communications bus connections on terminal 3 12 Figure 3 7 Bus cable s ome Rp ethos oot bie Sees Ween Lees ea ee REDE E 3 13 Figure 3 8 Making bus connections 2 3 13 Figure 3 9 Installation of terminating
18. That completes the configuration steps for one input channel on the 16 Point Grouped Analog Input module Continue as described above to configure the rest of the inputs Page 5 48 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 14 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT GROUPED ANALOG VOLTAGE INPUT MODULE S1 ALG281 1 0 S1 AIO08 r7 410000100008 F4 F2 Y 51 1 040 100001 00040 51 0008 Q00001 00008 51 Module 1 DEFAULT ZERO F4 F2 Y S1 Module DEFAULT ZER F4 F2 51 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO 2 F1 S1 FILTERING 20MS 2 y 4 FI S1 LINE FREQ 80 HZ pF 51 CH 1 CONFIG F1 F2 select channel ra 1 CH1 SPAN LO 10000 Fz S1 CH1 SPAN HI 10000 Foy S1 CH1 ALRM LO 10000 pay 4 FI S1 CH1 10000 F2 y AFI Repeat for other hannels D ALS 52307 When you select Read from the empty slot HHM screen this module screen appears 14 1 Assign I O References for the Module When you zoom into the module s slot a screen like this appears Default BIU data type 5 2 ALG281 1 0 gt del zoom S 2 AI AI 008 AI01970 01977 lt gt Default data length chg entr Next available reference This screen shows the default table and length and the next available referenc
19. and F2 gt keys to select channels 3 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 4 Press F2 gt to go on to the next screen 4 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen Range Selection is a setup parameter it is not ordinarily changed while the module is operating ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 39 Station Configuration 12 7 Output Scaling While the actual values received from the application program may represent various types of engineering units the Bus Interface Unit reports values from decimal 0 to 4095 to an analog output module The BIU converts the application data using scaling values configured for each output channel For each channel two sets of values are configured high and low scaled values and the actual high and low digital values they represent Based on these two pairs of values the Bus Interface Unit will be able to scale values for all other output levels See Appendix A for information on finding appropriate scaling values for your application If you don t have scaling values ready you can continue to the next screen now and configure scaling at another time The Bus Interface Unit will use default scaling values of 1 1 if no scaling values are entered Indicates which of S1 Scale 1 01 the 4 scaling values Scaling or digital value 00000 you are currently configuring Number of the es um entr channel you a
20. 10250 110290 I4 o lie I 5 Low Point 1 gt l6 E E H 15000 4 Input Voltage in millivolts The illustration below shows the module s default scaling The first scaling screen shows the engineering units value that is considered equivalent to the low span actual value Engineering units may be from 32767 to 32767 5 2 ENG LO 10000 lt gt chg entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 55 Station Configuration Enter the high span value for the channel This is the actual voltage in millivolts to be scaled to the high engineering units value 5 2 CH1 ENG HI 10000 lt gt chg entr Next enter the actual voltage in millivolts to be scaled to the low engineering units value 5 2 CH1 SPAN LO 10000 lt gt chg entr Span values are 8 signed integers ranging from 10 000 to 10 000 After entering the low span value for the input press the F4 enter key Enter a high span value for the same input 5 2 CH1 SPAN HI 10000 lt gt chg entr 14 2 5 Alarm Limits The next screen is used to set the low alarm limit for the channel in engineering units 5 2 CH1 LO 10000 lt gt chg entr Each input channel can have a low alarm limit and a high alarm limit Alarm limits can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the sig
21. F1 Q03072 Discrete references are assigned on byte boundaries Module references are automatically assigned by the Bus Interface Unit based on its configured data addresses and the number of points appropriate for the module type To edit the module s configuration press F4 zoom ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 27 Station Configuration 10 2 Module Fault Reporting On the next screen configure whether or not the Bus Interface Unit will report faults from this module to the network controller S1 Report Faults YES lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the current selection press tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the entry Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen 10 3 Default Inputs or Hold Last State Next configure what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the network if it stops receiving inputs from the module 51 Hld Lst State lt gt tgl entr 1 Select YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold inputs in their last states and supply that data to the network Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s inputs and supply that data to the network instead This selection has no effect if the BIU itself fails 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection Page 5 28 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS
22. If the low and high engineering units values are equal the output of the channel is the minimum output level 0 mA if the AQ data is less than the low engineering units value the maximum output level approximately 20 mA span value if the AQ data is greater than or equal to the low engineering units value The low span value is displayed next This 15 the actual current in microAmps that a channel will output when the low engineering units value is commanded Span values are changed in the same way that engineering units values are changed Valid span values 0 to 20000 5 1 CH1 SPAN L 04000 lt gt chg entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 99 Station Configuration The high span value for the channel is displayed next 5 1 CH1 SPAN 20000 lt gt chg entr If the low and high span values are configured to be equal the channel will output the same current for all engineering units AQ values The output current will correspond to that low high span value For example if both the low span and high span values were configured as 10000 the output current for the channel would be 10 mA regardless of the AQ value The high span value must be greater than or equal to the low span value If you enter a high or low span value that violates this condition you will not be able to leave the span configuration screens until valid low and high val
23. Q00016 S SI SII Sssisssess solell ss sis 46738 2 Configure Hold Last State not Default for the MFP output table Page 4 20 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 8 HOW THE NETWORK BACKS UP MFP OUTPUTS This technique works because of the synchronization between the operations of the Bus Interface Unit and the Micro Field Processor The diagram below shows details of the BIU MFP synchronization process The numbers on the left side are the same as the numbers on the synchronization diagram Bus Interface Unit Micro Field Processor 46739 Y 7 Move all outputs within BIU network map from the N80 communications buffers to the BIU internal tables BIU Waits if MFP is busy Y 8 Read all reference input parameters from a Synchronization module MFP provides data to BIU 10 all outputs to conventional modules y Y The Bus Interface Unit receives output data for the backed up output module s from the N80 bus step 7 In step 8 the BIU receives data from the Micro Field Processor Any data with the same reference assignments overwrites the data already received from the bus When the BIU sends outputs to I O modules step 10 it sends the most recent contents o
24. S us Interface ni 9 vU Q 46445 Alspa CE80 20 is a family of highly modular distributed I O and control products They are suitable for use in a wide range of host architectures The heart of the Alspa CE80 20 system is the Bus Interface Unit The Bus Interface Unit provides intelligent processing I O scanning and feature configuration for a group of up to eight I O modules Together the Bus Interface Unit and its modules make up an Alspa 80 20 station see the illustration left The Bus Interface Unit and I O modules are enclosed in sturdy compact aluminium housings Bus Interface Unit and I O modules bolt securely to separate Terminal Blocks which provide all field wiring terminals The I O Terminal blocks are generic and allow different I O module types to be mounted on the same base I O Terminal Blocks are available with either box type or barrier type terminals or wire to board connectors Terminal Blocks must be mounted on DIN rail The DIN rail which serves as an integral part of the grounding system can also be mounted on a panel Figure 1 1 Alspa CE80 20 Station ALS 52307 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 1 Titre de chapitre variable 1 23 Features Features and benefits of Alspa CE80 20 include wiring savings bette
25. Blk Map Lngth I 64 lt gt entr 3 Press F4 entr to accept the value Continue as above entering starting addresses and lengths for the other data types Lengths for AI and AQ are 2 byte words The lengths entered must not add up to more than 128 bytes of inputs discrete analog and 128 bytes of outputs discrete analog The lengths selected should include all the I O data that will be exchanged on the bus If a data length is too short modules that overflow the configured limit will not be serviced by the main CPU system 5 After entering the length for AQ data the fourth data type press F1 gt If you changed any starting address or length entries the HHM displays this screen Map has changed Accept no yes 6 To accept the changes and continue to the next menu press F4 yes Page 5 18 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 7 ADD MODULES AND ASSIGN REFERENCES 8 7 i 6 5 4 3 2 1 E BIU 0 J o b b The steps for configuring an I O module depend on whether or not the module is present at the time of configuration Intelligent modules see the list 0 below must be pr
26. Figure 1 8 Redundant bus configuration third example Up to seven devices not counting the BSM block or Remote I O Scanner to which the dual bus is connected can be installed on a bus stub Each device on a bus stub counts toward the total of 32 devices on the N80 network Restrictions on the number and length of bus stubs that may be used on a dual bus are explained in the ALS 52501 Alspa CES0 15 I O System and Alspa 0 Communications Network User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 13 Introduction Page 1 14 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Description 2 This chapter describes N80 Bus Interface Unit e Bus Interface Unit Power Supply Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block Specifications 1 N80 BUS INTERFACE UNIT The N80 Bus Interface Unit is a small rugged intelligent module with a sturdy aluminum housing The module has four status LEDs described below and a connector for attaching a Hand Held Monitor 4 8 2 mm 3 257 e HHM ME Connector 12 7 mm 5 0 LEDs e Figure 2 1 N80 BIU The Bus Interface Unit contains the logic power supply needed to operate the I O modules connected to it It mounts on a separate terminal block to which it and all bus wiring are attached The configuration is stored in non volatile memo
27. OmA 20mA F2 Y A F1 Range for other channels 1 Range Ch 01 F2 Y A F1 S1 Scale 1 Ch 01 00000 Eng lo 51 Scale 1 Ch 01 20000 Eng hi F2 F1 51 Scale 4 Ch 01 00000 Int lo F1 F2 Y 51 Scale 4 Ch 01 20000 Int hi F2 y A F1 Scaling Units for other channels After you accept a module into the slot a screen like this appears S 1 AI 08 Number of AI references for this module type tgl entr 11 1 Assign I O References for the Module Specify the I O references to be used by the module For most applications you can simply have the Bus Interface Unit assign the next available references in that memory type Alternately you can enter specific references for the module A assign the next available references press F4 entr B If you want to change to another type of I O table press F3 toggle C If you want to assign specific references enter the starting address Press F4 entr For most applications all module references should fall within the network map configured for the Bus Interface Unit see Section 6 for more information For local control a module can be configured outside the BIU network map In addition each data type I Q AL AQ has a total of 256 bytes allocated within the BIU So for each data type all references must be located within a 256 byte range For example if the starting address for analog input data configured for the
28. Synchronization 4 16 6 2 MFP TO References abe 4 16 6 3 MFP Operating ModeS qe nenne 4 17 ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 11 Contents 6 4 Overview of Synchronous Operation 4 19 7 BACKING UP MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR OUTPUTS 4 20 8 HOW THE NETWORK BACKS UP MFP OUTPUTS 4 21 9 BACKING UP BIU OUTPUTS WITH A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR 4 22 CHAPTER 5 STATION CONFIGURATION 1 CONFIGURE THE SERIAL BUS ADDRESS AND BAUD RATE 5 3 2 SET UP THE HAND HELD MONITOR seeeeee 0 5 4 3 CREATE A NEW CONFIGURATION ssseeeeeee 0 5 5 4 CONFIGURE THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT eee 5 6 4 Change the Serial Bus Address of the Bus Interface Unit 5 8 4 2 Select Baud Rate screen RE Pa eel eh oes 5 9 4 3 Configure Fault Reporting 0 eect ences 5 10 4 4 Configure N80 Network Redundancy 5 10 4 5 Configure CPU Redundancy 2 eee 5 11 4 6 Select Configuration Protection 5 13 4 6 1 Tags Screen eo ot eee teeta eee is ke wre a CIERRE 5 13 4 6 2 Review or continue configuration 2 5 13 5 CO
29. 3 18 Slot diagnostics data no meaning for discrete boards Board Status Byte 1 Configured Mismatched Board ID Missing Mismatched I O Extra I O Module Status No User Power for some analog modules Smart Module Available Unsupported module type For conventional I O modules 01 in this byte indicates no faults For intelligent modules 41 hex indicates no faults Board ID Byte 2 If the designated slot has a discrete output module the most significant bit of byte 2 indicates whether the module has a blown fuse or loss of user power fault If the designated slot has a conventional analog input module the most significant bit of byte 2 indicates a loss of user power fault This byte has no meaning for other types of modules Bytes 3 18 Slot Diagnostics Data 71615 413 2110 nput channel low alarm Input channel high alarm Channel underrange Channel overrange Channel open wire for analog input modules in 4 20 mA range reserved Loss of user power for analog output modules only Page 8 36 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Appendix Scaling Analog Channels A This appendix explains how to select scaling values when configuring an analog input or output See chapter 5 for configuration instructions 1 HOW SCALIN
30. 51 Mod Type Analog 4 cur Out St AQ 04 AQ F4 S AQ 04 AQ00001 AQ00004 Ref Address F2 F1 1 Hid Lst State NO F2 A F1 00000 F2 A F1 Output Defaults for other channels S1 Out Def Ch 01 F2 1 51 Faults Ch 01 NNYY F2 A F1 S1 Active CH 01 NYYN F2 F1 S1 Range Ch 01 OmA 20mA F2 F1 Range for other channels F2 F1 1 Scale 1 Ch 01 00000 Eng lo S1 Scale 1 Ch 01 00000 Eng hi S1 Scale 4 Ch 01 00000 Int lo F24 F1 S1 Scale 4 Ch 01 00000 Int hi Scaling Units for other channels F2 Page 5 36 After you accept a module into the slot a screen like this appears S 1 AQ 04 Number of AQ references for this module type tgl entr 12 1 Assign I O References for the Module Specify the I O references to be used by the module For most applications you can simply have the Bus Interface Unit assign the next available references in that memory type Alternately you can enter specific references for the module A To assign the next available references just press F4 entr B If you want to change to another type of I O table press F3 toggle C If you want to assign specific references enter the starting address Press F4 entr For most applications all module references should fall within the network map configured for the Bus Interface U
31. Byte 10 Byte 11 Byte 12 Byte 13 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 LSB 1 Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB Q Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB AI Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB AQ Reference Address or all zeros MSB unlabelled bits must be 0 Input Default or Hold Last Value 0 default 1 hold last value reserved Bytes 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112 see below Page 8 14 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 unlabelled bits must be 0 Fault Reporting 0 enabled 1 disabled Channel Active 0 active 1 inactive Range 00 0 mA to 20 mA Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual 01 24 mA to 20 mA 1020 V to 10V 11 10 V to 10 V ALS 52307 Bytes 14 125 Channel Configuration Byte No 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 ALS 52307 Byte Description Input 1 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb
32. Page B 2 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Appendix The Alspa N60 Serial Bus C This appendix describes the selection and operating characteristics of the bus cable that links devices connected to the Alspa N80 network This information supercedes the equivalent text portion of chapter 2 of the ALS 52301 Alspa CES0 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual The Communications An N80 serial bus consists of two or more N80 devices and usually the bus cable that connects them A single block or bus controller with a Hand Held Monitor directly attached properly terminated with a 75Q resistor is considered the smallest possible Alspa N80 communications bus 1 WIRING GUIDELINES Four types of wiring may be encountered in a typical factory installation 1 Power wiring the plant power distribution and high power loads such as high horsepower motors These circuits may be rated from tens to thousands of kVA at 220 VAC or higher 2 Control wiring usually either low voltage DC or 120 of limited energy rating Examples are wiring to start stop switches contactor coils and machine limit switches This is generally the interface level of the discrete I O 3 Analog wiring transducer outputs and analog control voltages This is the interface level to Alspa CE80 15 I O analog blocks 4 Communications and signal wiring the communications network th
33. The connector on the Alspa CE80 20 Bus Interface Unit is intended for use with a Hand Held Monitor only It must be connected to a nonincendive circuit only 4 8 2 mm 3 257 gt e Bh lt HHM ME Connector 12 7 mm 5 0 LEDs VED 83 Page 3 2 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Installation 4 SYSTEM WIRING GUIDELINES 4 1 Types of Wiring Four types of wiring may be encountered in a typical factory installation 1 Power wiring the plant power distribution and high power loads such as high horsepower motors These circuits may be rated from tens to thousands of KVA at 220 VAC or higher 2 Control wiring usually either low voltage DC or 120 VAC of limited energy rating Examples are wiring to start stop switches contactor coils and machine limit switches This is generally the interface level of the discrete I O 3 Analog wiring transducer outputs and analog control voltages This is the interface level to I O analog blocks 4 Communications and signal wiring the communications network that ties everything together including computer LANs Ethernet and N80 I O and communications bus These four types of wiring should be separated as much as possible to reduce the hazards from insulation failure miswiring and interaction noise between signals A typical PLC system with remote I O may require some mixing
34. Vibration Noise Temperature Humidity Modules perform well where vibration is a factor Designs are shock and vibration tested to meet the following specifications when installed on a panel mounted DIN rail using the clamp supplied and with the panel mounting feet secured IEC68 2 6 10 to 57 Hz 0 012 in displacement peak to peak 57 to 500 Hz at 2 g unless otherwise specified IEC68 2 27 Shock 15G 11 milliseconds half sine wave Modules are resistant to noise levels found in most industrial applications when installed according to accepted practices including proper separation of wiring by voltage and power levels on a conductive unpainted DIN rail The DIN rail is an integral part of the grounding system Modules are tested to the specifications listed in the ALS 52612 Installation Requirements for Conformance to Standards Modules operate reliably in ambient air temperatures from 0 C 32 F up to 50 C 13192 Storage temperatures are 40 C to 100 596 to 95 non condensing For information about installing Alspa CE80 20 modules please see Chapter 3 of this manual It describes installation and wiring for the Bus Interface Unit module and terminal block Chapter 2 of the ALS 52308 Alspa CES0 20 I O Modules User s Manual It summarizes installation instructions for modules and terminal blocks The individual module datasheets included in the ALS 52308 Alspa CES0 20 I O Modules User s Manual
35. s control output bits 80 93 Ch 4 parameters default is 1 30 31 Memory type for the module s control out 94 107 Ch 5 parameters put bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above 32 33 Relative offset from start of table 108 121 Ch 6 parameters 34 bit 4 Line Frequency 0 50 Hz 1 60 Hz 122 135 Ch 7 parameters 34 bits Filtering Method 0 None 1 10 ms 136 149 Ch 8 parameters 0 1 2 20 ms 35 reserved 36 37 Active Channel Bit Map 1 bit per channel 38 39 Chl Range 1 span 10000 mV to 10000 mV 2 span mV to 10000 mV Page 8 20 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 3 9 4 Additional Configuration Data for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module ALG282 The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 261 for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input module IC670ALG282 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes O to 13 Byte Description Byte Description 14 Number of input reference parameters 2 40 41 Ch1 Low Span 10000 to 10000 15 Number of output reference parameters 1 42 43 High Span 10000 to 10000 16 17 Byte length of analog input data default is 44 45 Ch 1 Low Eng Units 32768 to 32767 32 18 19 Memory type for the module s analog input 46 47 Ch 1 High Eng Units 32768 to 32767 data usually type AI Enter one of the fol lowing numbers 16 I table 18 Q table 10 AI tab
36. If you want to display a reference that lies outside the I O map that has been configured for the Bus Interface Unit follow the instructions for Displaying a Specific Reference 2 5 Changing the Display Mode Use the F4 mode key to change change the displayed point state or value to hex H binary B or decimal D format 2 6 Returning to the Previous Menu From this screen press the HHM Clear key to return to the main Bus Interface Unit menu ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 7 5 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 27 Forcing Unforcing the Displayed Reference Individual I O points can be forced and unforced from the Hand Held Monitor HHM s circuit forcing capability must be enabled to use this function Forcing an I O point changes its state in the Bus Interface Unit s EEPROM memory If the circuit is an output the physical state of the output also changes If the circuit is an input the forced input data is sent to the CPU Once forced a circuit retains the forced state or value if power is removed The forced circuit ignores data from an attached input device or output data from the CPU The force can ONLY be removed from the Hand Held Monitor 1 Select the correct data type for forcing Binary for discrete I O or Decimal for analog I O Press F4 to change the data type I00001 0 UJ gt frc hex 2 Press the F3 force key to force th
37. Press entr e If you selected NO go to the next page e If you selected YES the following screen appears BSM Controller NO lt gt tgl entr Page 5 10 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 3 Ifthe Bus Interface Unit will be used as the bus switching device itself set BSM Controller to YES For all other applications set it to NO Next the Output Default Time screen appears Out Def Time 2 5 sec gt tgl entr 4 Tf the total bus scan time is expected to exceed 100 mS set the Output Default Time to 10 seconds The Output Default Time is normally 2 5 seconds If the Bus Interface Unit stops receiving outputs from the Bus Controller it will wait for this specified time period before defaulting outputs in the station If you want to go to the next screen without making a change press F2 gt If the selection should be changed press F3 tgl 5 Press F4 entr 4 5 Configure CPU Redundancy If the Bus Interface Unit will be used on the same bus with two controllers PLCs or host computers and both of the controllers will send it outputs the Bus Interface Unit must be set up for CPU Redundancy The two types of CPU Redundancy Hot Standby and Duplex are defined below If either type of redundancy is selected the Bus Interface Unit will automatically provide inputs and diagnostics to both of the redundant CPUs If
38. Specify the actual slot number and a length of 62 The reference address is the location in the BIU s I AI or AQ memory that is used by the module s data Specify only one address typically in the analog input AI table Set the other address selection bytes to all zeros Bytes 0 to 3 must be 33 hex 0 0 0 Byte 4 7161 5 413 2 1 0 LSB Byte 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 1 Reference Address or all zeros Byte 6 71615 413 2 1 0 LSB Byte 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 Reference Address or all zeros Byte 8 71615 443 12 10 LSB Byte 9 71615 1413 2110 MSB AI Reference Address all zeros Byte 10 71615 443 12 10 LSB Byte 11 71615 1413 12110 MSB AQ Reference Address or all zeros Byte 12 71615 413 121110 unlabelled bits must be 0 Output Default or Hold Last Value 0 default 1 hold last value Byte 13 a Ao 2 1 1 0 reserved must be 0 Bytes 14 26 38 50 see below 71615 413 121110 unlabelled bits must be 0 DN Fault Reporting 0 enabled 1 disabled Channel Active 0 active 1 inactive Range 00 0 mA to 20 mA 01 24 mA to 20 mA 10 0 V to 10V 11 2 10 V to 10 V Page 8 16 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Bytes 14 61 Channel Configuration Byte No 14 15 16 17 18 1
39. enter key to save the selections and continue to the next item The next screen displays the AQ reference for the module You can edit the address and length This one word reference is used only if a remote compensation value will be supplied to the module by the BIU Remote must be configured as the RJ Type For all other RJ Types enter a length of 0 Use the F4 enter key to save and continue S 4 AQ AQ 001 AQ01057 01058 lt gt chg entr Page 5 76 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration required references for the module must be entered You can give a reference parameter a length of zero if you do not want to map the data to the BIU If you attempt to back out before the references are all configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes If you exit from this display the references you have configured are not saved 17 2 Assign Data Defaults For input data types AI and 1 you can determine what the BIU should do with the module s data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it Discrete input I data is diagnostic data sent by the module 5 4 Module gt 31 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt
40. lt gt tgl entr 1 For each channel use the tgl key to select a range 2 Usethe F1 and F2 gt keys to select channels 3 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen Range Selection is a set up parameter it is not ordinarily changed while the module is operating 4 Press F2 to go to the next screen Page 5 32 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 11 5 Input Scaling Based on the actual analog input signal level for a channel the analog input module reports a value from decimal 0 to 4095 to the Bus Interface Unit The Bus Interface Unit can convert this digital input to a value that is more meaningful to the application by using the scaling values configured on this screen For each channel two sets of values are configured high and low scaled values and the actual high and low digital values they represent Based on these two pairs of values the Bus Interface Unit will be able to scale values for all other input levels See Appendix A for information on finding appropriate scaling values for your application If you do not have scaling values ready you can continue to the next screen now and configure scaling at another time The Bus Interface Unit will use default scaling values of 1 1 if no scaling values are entered Indicates which of S1 Scale 1 01 the 4 scaling values Scaling or digital value 00000 Eng lo y
41. map you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network S 4 Network 0 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr Page 5 68 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 16 3 Line Frequency Next set the line frequency for the module Select 50 or 60 Hz S 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ lt gt tgl entr 16 4 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit configuration screens appear depends on the revision level of the module the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 16 4 1 Channel Header For module version IC670ALG620 version 1 4 or later if the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press F1 lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel displays the module s last reference parameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of
42. one fault at a time For example Slot 1 Fault 01 EXTRA I O MODUL Fault message Use F1 and F2 to display another fault lt gt exit If there are no faults the HHM displays the message No Faults on the top line 6 To display the last 16 faults if any 1 Press F4 exit to return to the screen shown at the top if this page 2 Press F2 last 16 faults 3 2 Clearing Faults F1 HHM UTILITIES If faults are present pressing Clear here has no effect To clear faults from p ARI Lu E the Hand Held Monitor you need to do the following F4 DEVICE MEMORY 1 Return to the HHM Main Menu F2 F1 MONITOR BLOCK 2 Press F2 Analyze F2 MN TR CNTL REF F3 BLOCK BUS STS F4 PULSE TEST 3 Press F3 Block Bus Status F3 4 Press the Clear key REFS OI Clearing faults from the Hand Held Monitor does not clear faults at the host BRE SRE Ue Seite PLC To keep the entire system in step and up to date fault clearing should be performed from the host PLC Page 6 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Diagnostics and Fault Clearing 4 DISPLAY AND CLEAR FAULTS FROM AN Alspa 8000 PLC A PLC places faults from an Alspa CE80 20 station are placed in the I O and PLC Fault Tables 4 1 Alspa C80 75 PLC I O Fault Table The content of the I O fault display depends on the revision level of the PLC s Bus Controller module and the type of pro
43. the maximum extent possible when bus errors are detected random bus errors do not shut down communications Bad data is rejected by the receiving device and excessive errors are reported to the controller Bus errors are indicated by flickering of I O block and bus controller LEDs If excessive bus errors occur the problem should be found and corrected 12 2 Lightning Transient Suppression Running the bus cable outdoors or between buildings may subject it to lightning transients beyond the 1 500 volt transient rating of the system Installing cable underground reduces the probability of a direct lightning strike However buried cables can pick up hundreds of amperes of current when lightning contacts the ground nearby Therefore it is important to protect the installation by including surge protectors on underground data lines The cable shields should be grounded directly Surge suppressors and spark gaps should be used to limit the voltage that might appear on the signal lines It is recommended to install two only silicon surge suppressors or spark gaps to control transients of 1 to 25 Kilovolts from 100 to 1000 amps or more These devices should be installed close to the entrance of the bus to the outdoors Silicon Surge Suppressors are available from many sources including Clare General Instruments and Motorola Spark gaps are available from Clare Refer to the vendor s literature for installation details In extreme situations such as
44. units into digital values that represent output voltage Engineering units values are 16 bit signed integers from 32 768 to 32 767 Span values are signed integers ranging from 10 000 to 10 000 0 to 10 000 The first scaling screen shows the engineering units AQ value that corresponds the low span output value Valid engineering units are 32768 to 32767 S 1 CH1 ENG L 10000 lt gt chg entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 chg 2 Enter the new value using the numeric keypad 3 Press F4 entr to enter the new value or F3 clr to abort the change The high engineering units value for the channel is displayed next 5 1 CH1 ENG 10000 lt gt chg entr If the low and high engineering units values are equal the output of the channel is the minimum output level 0 mV if the AQ data is less than the low engineering units value the maximum output level approximately 10 5 V span value if the AQ data is greater than or equal to the low engineering units value The low span value is displayed next This is the actual voltage in microvolts that a channel will output when the low engineering units value is commanded Span values are changed in the same way that engineering units values are changed Valid span values are 10 000 to 10 000 or 0 to 10 000 In the 0 to 10 V range a negative value for low span can not be configured 5
45. 07 GFK 07 4532302 GEK 99862 GFK 0888 AL 32309 assa GFK 0870 GEKIII AB3215 ____ 6_____ ____ 553233 GFK 1063 AL 3205 GFK 0819 ALS3209 E a E 4 WE WELCOME YOUR COMMENTS AND SUGGESTIONS ALSTOM strives to produce quality technical documentation Please take the time to fill in and return the Reader s Comments page if you have any remarks or suggestions Page 6 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Reader s comments ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Your main job is System designer L Distributor Maintenance System integrator Operator Installer If you would like a personal reply please fill in your name and address below Programmer Other specify below COMPANY ES NAME rebos Er qur ede oq ADDRESS dicted ue dec beue utu dua Send this form directly to your ALSTOM sales representative or to this address ALSTOM Technology Technical Documentation Department TDD 5 avenue Newton BP 215 92142 Clamart Cedex France Fax 33 0 1 46 29 12 44 comments will be considered by qualified personnel REMARKS Continue on back if necessary ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 B
46. 1 CH1 SPAN L 10000 lt gt chg entr Page 5 90 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration The high span value for the channel is displayed next S 1 CH1 SPAN 10000 lt gt chg entr If the low and high span values are configured to be equal the channel will output the same voltage for all engineering units AQ values The output voltage will correspond to that low high span value For example if both the low span and high span values were configured as 10 000 the output voltage for the channel would be 10V regardless of the AQ value The high span value must be greater than or equal to the low span value If you enter a high or low span value that violates this condition you will not be able to leave the span configuration screens until valid low and high values are configured Pressing the CLEAR key in this situation will cause the HHM to display the following message Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes If you want to return to the span configuration screens press F4 no If you want to clear the entire slot configuration instead press F3 yes The slot will then be displayed as empty ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 91 Station Configuration 19 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT ANALOG CURRENT OUTPUT MODULE When you select Read from the empty slot HHR screen this module screen
47. 1061m 1364m 2283m M M39240 CM B 89182 CL2P 0 322in 150 ohms 2 No22 150 V 200 C 2000ft 3500ft 45008 7500ft 8 18mm 606m 1061m 1364m 2283m B 9841 CM 0 270in 120 ohms 2 No24 30 V 80 C 1000ft 1500ft 25008 35008 M M3993 CI2 6 86mm 303m 455m 758m 1061m A 9818C CL2 0 330in 100 ohms 2 No20 300 V 80 C 1500ft 2500ft 3500ft 6000ft B 9207 CM 8 38mm 455m 758m 1061m 1818m M M4270 CM A 9109 CL2P 02821 100 ohms 2 No20 150 V 200 C 1500ft 2500ft 3500ft 6000ft B 89207 CM 7 16mm 455m 758m 1061m 1818m C 4798 M M44270 CMP A 9818D none 0 330in 100 ohms 2 No20 1500ft 25006 3500ft 60008 B 9815 8 38mm 455m 758m 1061m 1818m 0 911264 none 0 260in 100 ohms 1 No22 250 V 80 C 1500ft 2000ft 3000ft 45008 6 60 mm 455m 606m 909m 1364m 532185 approx0 50in 100 ohms 4 pairs No24 gt 150V 80 1500ft 2000ft 3000ft 4500ft BBDN 12 7mm solid 455m 606m 909m 1364m A 9818 0 315in 100 ohms 4 two pair 150V 60 C 1200ft 1700ft 3000ft 45008 B 9855 CM 8 00mm No22 364m 516m 909m 1364m 4230 CM A 9110 none 0 274in 100 ohms 4 two pair 150V 200 12006 1700ft 3000ft 45008 B 89696 6 96mm No22 364m 516m 909m 1364m B 89855 CMP A 9814C 0243in 75 ohms 21 No20 150 V 60 C 800ft 1500 2500ft 3500ft B 9463 CM 6 17 242m 455m 758m 1061m 4154 2 A 5902C none 0 244in 75 ohms 4 two pair 300V 80 C 200ft 500ft 1200ft 25008 B 9302 CM 6 20mm No22 60m 152m 333m 758m 17002
48. 115 VAC 125 VDC BIU lg Y oo me min min min 3m 3ms min m min gt RST Figure 2 2 Timing chart for I O module operation with power loss ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 2 3 Description 1 4 Backplane Current With a DC input voltage the amount of current available to the backplane may be limited by lower input voltage as indicated below For 24VDC Supply For 125VDC Supply Backplane 1 4 Backplane 2 0 C Current Available 1 2 Available 1 8 Amps 1 0 Amps 18 19 21 105110 Voltage In Voltage In 1 5 Calculating Input Power Requirements for a Bus Interface Unit The chart below shows typical input power requirements for a Bus Interface Unit For 24VDC Bus Interface Unit For 115VAC 125VDC Bus Interface Unit 15 9 24 0 480 14 1 Tvoical Typical T Mout 18 75 3775 Yu ypical 12 3 Rower 27 5 VOI Amps Power 10 0 Watts 13 5 for AC Watts 77 Inputs 17 25 Inputs 5 5 8 25 3 4 3 0 0 0 0 25 0 50 0 75 1 00 1 20 1 40 0 0 50 1 00 1 50 2 0 Total BackplaneCurrent Amps Total BackplaneCurrent Volts Figure 2 3 BIU input power requirements Page 2 4 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Description For a 24 VDC Bus Interface Unit start up surge at full load is 15 50 Amps for 3 milliseconds maximum For a 115 VAC 125 VDC Bus Interface Unit start up sur
49. 2 NONE is used for display purposes only and cannot be selected if range 1 2 or 3 is being used see next paragraph If you want to enter different scaling parameters than those used for selections 1 2 or 3 change the span and engineering units values from the scaling screens Selection Data Range Output current mA 4000 to 20000 4000 to 20000 0 to 32000 4000 to 20000 0 to 32000 0 to 20000 User configured scaling The illustration below shows scaling for the default range selections ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 97 Station Configuration 46771 Output Current in MicroAmps Maximum Output 720 48 mA 20000 High Point 10000 4000 Low Point 0 4000 10000 20000 Commanded Value in Engineering Units 19 2 4 Output Scaling If engineering and span values for a channel are entered during configuration rather than being set by a default range NONE is displayed on the Default Range screen NONE can then be selected again but will have no effect on the module configuration The module performs its own scaling unlike conventional Alspa CE80 20 analog modules whose scaling is performed by the BIU 19 3 Custom Scaling To scale a channel choose a high and low point and enter the actual input value span and a corresponding engineering units value for each point During operation the module will use these values
50. 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 62 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 15 5 3 Input Range On this screen specify the range for the input There are two predetermined range and data scaling combinations 5 2 CH1 RANGE 10V to 10V lt gt tgl entr The default is 10V to 10 V Selection Input voltage mV Data range 1 10000 to 10000 10000 to 10000 2 0 to 10000 0 to 10000 15 5 4 Input Scaling The 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module performs its own scaling unlike conventional 80 20 analog modules whose scaling is performed by the BIU Scaling can be used to define a linear relationship between a channel s input voltage in millivolts mV and the value in engineering units returned to the BIU The default scaling configuration provides values from 10 000 to 10 000 for an input voltage range of 10 V low span value to 10 V high span value To scale a channel choose a high and low point and enter the actual input value span and a corresponding engineering units value for each During operation the module will use these values to convert input voltages into digital values that represent engineering units Scaling does not increase the resolution of the data but it does transform the values returned to the BIU into more convenient units If the sca
51. 31 always has priority when it is on line it has control of the outputs 7 3 Duplex CPU Redundancy A Bus Interface Unit configured for Duplex mode compares outputs it receives from the two Bus Controllers to determine if they match If corresponding outputs are the same the Bus Interface Unit sets the output to that state If corresponding outputs are not the same the Bus Interface Unit sets the output to its configured ON or OFF Duplex Default State If either Bus Controller stops sending outputs to a Bus Interface Unit its outputs are directly controlled by the remaining Bus Controller Only discrete I O modules can operate in Duplex redundancy mode do not use Duplex mode if the station contains any analog modules ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 11 Introduction 8 USING ALSPA CE80 20 IN AN N80 REDUNDANCY SYSTEM 8 1 N80 Bus Redundancy Overview In N80 redundancy there are two bus cables each connected to a Bus Controller I O devices may be connected to either one bus of the pair or to both However a device that is connected to both buses actually communicates on only one bus at a time Before the alternate bus can be used for communications a bus switchover must occur and the device must log in with the Bus Controller s on the alternate bus The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block contains a built in bus switching relay that is used to switch busses in a dual bus system O
52. 7 2 linearized temperature 1 10 degrees F 152 169 3 percent of span fractional format 170 187 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Description Thermocouple type for input 1 only used for conversion types 1 amp 2 see bytes 46 47 0 8 N 12J 9 G 2 K 10 C 3 T 11 D 4 E 12 Platinel II 5 S 13 non standard TC 1 6 R 14 non standard TC 2 Range type for input 1 This is used ONLY If range type see bytes 48 49 is set to 0 0 unused4 156 mV 1 19 5 mV 5 312 5 mV 2239mV 6 625 mV 3 78 mV Remote Junction Compensation for input 1 0 none 1 use local thermistor 2 use a value supplied in the module s analog output AQ data 3 use the configured value bytes 58 59 Low Alarm for input 1 32767 to 32767 High Alarm for input 1 32767 to 32767 Remote Junction value for input 1 Used only if Remote Junction Compensation bytes 52 53 is 3 The module multiplies this value by 100 then adds it to the input voltage before performing linearization 327 67 to 4327 67 Offset for input 1 Used if conversion type bytes 46 47 is degrees C or F This value should be in the same units The module multiplies the value by 100 before using it Range is 2100 00 to 100 00 degrees Ch 2 parameters Ch 3 parameters Ch 4 parameters Ch 5 parameters Ch 6 parameters Ch 7 parameters Ch 8 parameters Page 8 23 Datagrams 6 3 9 7 Additional Co
53. 76 3580 200 00 1000 00 5 0 1940 18 5040 40 00 1750 00 0 1880 20 8780 40 00 1750 00 0 03300 13 8140 100 00 1820 00 N 0 57480 47 5019 22 222 1300 00 G 0 00600 38 5639 4 444 2315 55 C 0 23400 37 0660 17 7777 2315 55 D 0 16300 39 5060 17 7TTT 2315 55 Platinel II 0 0000 52 25 0 00 1300 00 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 79 Station Configuration 17 5 4 Range Type If None was configured for Thermocouple Type specify the range for millivolt inputs The number displayed represents a span of millivolts For example 19 5 represents 19 53 millivolts The choices are unused 19 5 mV 39 mV 78 125 mV 156 25 mV 312 5 mV and 625 mV The default is 625 S 1 CH1 RANGE TP 625 lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the toggle key if you want to change the displayed thermocouple range 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selection and go on to the next item If you selected Engineering Units of millivolts be sure to configure alarm limits see next page within the Range selected here 17 5 5 Low Alarm Limit Next set the low alarm limit for the input The range is 232767 to 32767 Each thermocouple channel can have a low alarm limit and a high alarm limit If an input reaches one of its limits the module reports the actual value and a LOW ALARM or HIGH ALARM message The message identifies the circuit in alarm Only one m
54. AI values of 10 000 to 10 000 On this screen specify the default range used for scaling analog output data There are two predetermined range and data scaling combinations 10V to 10V and OV to 10V S 1 CH1 RANGE 10V TO 10V lt gt tgl entr The default is 10V to 10V which provides negative positive scaled values For positive values only select to 10 Note that if the OV to 10V range is used the module will not report underrange faults during operation For either selection you can use the default scaling parameters or enter different ones on the scaling screens Data Range Output Voltage mV 10V to 10V 10 000 to 10 0000 10 000 to 10 0000 to 10V 0 to 10 000 0 to 10 000 The illustration below shows default relationship between span values and digital to analog counts Digital to Analog Converter Output Values Maximum Output 10 8V Range OV to 10V ange 10V 10 Minimum Output 0 8V 10000 0 10000 Commanded Value in Engineering Units in Millivolts ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 89 Station Configuration 18 2 3 1 Custom Scaling To scale a channel choose a high and low point and enter the actual input value span and a corresponding engineering units value for each point During operation the module will use these values to convert engineering
55. Alspa C80 75 Bus Controller dual port bit 7 0 Fault entire I O module byte 6 Entity offset into diagnostic table Fault entire Bus Interface Unit Page 6 6 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 CONFIGURATION DATA For a Bus Interface Unit the data format of configuration data transferred by Read Configuration Reply and Write Configuration datagrams is slightly different than the format for other N80 devices Instead of an offset the data specifies the slot number of a specific device in the Alspa CE80 20 Station The length specified must exactly match the length of the configuration data for the module Bus Interface Unit or other module in the station partial configuration data cannot be read or written For programming instructions you will need to refer to the Bus Controller User s Manual for the PLC For Alspa 80 75 PLC COMMREQ 15 must be used with a Read Configuration datagram Configuration files for conventional Alspa 80 20 modules can be read or written one module per message However the configuration files of intelligent modules may exceed the 128 byte maximum length of a data message Therefore any Write Configuration to an intelligent module must be contained within a Begin End Packet Sequence 6 1 Read Configuration Data Subfunction Code 02 hex The Read Configuration Datagram
56. Chapter 8 also shows the format of configuration data for the Bus Interface Unit and the modules in the station Appendix A Scaling Analog Channels Appendix A explains how to select scaling values when configuring an analog input or output Configuration instructions are in chapter 5 Appendix B Installing Additional Suppression Appendix B describes some precautions that can be taken in an installation to help assure proper operation Appendix C The Alspa N80 Serial Bus This appendix describes the selection and operating characteristics of the bus cable that links Alspa N80 devices Appendix D Configuration Examples This appendix includes examples of different Alspa CE80 20 Station configurations ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 Preface 2 RELATED PUBLICATIONS For more information refer to these publications ALS 52301 Alspa CES0 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual Reference manual for system designers programmers and others involved in integrating I O products in a PLC or host computer environment This book provides a system overview and describes some the types of systems that can be created with an Alspa N80 network Datagrams Global Data and data formats are defined ALS 52308 Alspa CE80 20 I O Modules User s Manual This book describes CE80 20 I O Modules and I O Terminal Blocks and explains how to install them ALS 52314 Alspa CES0 2
57. Clear key NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN _ Fa Slot previously configured Q 16 Q01785 Q01800 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Individual Module Configuration Screens Page 5 7 Station Configuration 4 1 Change Serial Bus Address of the Bus Interface Unit For a new BIU the Serial Bus Address is assigned on the Program Block ID screen as described previously If you want to change the Serial Bus Address of a previously configured BIU use the Device SBA screen shown below instead When you press F1 N80 Configuration from the Configuration menu the following screen appears Device SBA 14 Serial Bus Address Prv entr Press F1 if you want to return to the previous menu On this screen you can change a previously configured Serial Bus Address block number There are 32 available addresses from 0 to 31 on a bus One is needed for the Hand Held Monitor typically this is Device Number 0 Another is needed for the Bus Controller Typically this is 31 30 or 31 for redundancy systems A Bus Interface Unit is usually assigned a Serial Bus Address from 1 to 29 or 30 Duplicate SBAs disrupt communications and are not permitted Note If a Bus Interface Unit has a Serial Bus Address conflict on an operating bus it will not scan the modules in the station until the fault is cleared 1 Enter a Serial Bus Address using the HHM keypad 2 Press the
58. Configuration Protection read only Byte 13 71615 413 121110 Serial Bus Address read only Baud Rate Code read only 153 6 Kb ext 153 6 Kb std 7 6 8 Kb 38 4 Kb Fault Reporting Disabled 0 yes 1 no Byte 14 71615 1413 2110 unlabelled bits not used BSM Switch Time 0 2 5 sec 1 10 sec Byte 15 71615 1413 121110 reserved 16 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB Unused 17 7 16 5 4 3 2110 Byte 18 71615 413 121110 Configuration Length always 0 nbr bytes in Write Configuration Sequence Page 6 10 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Datagrams Byte 19 71615 413 121110 Diagnostic Length nbr bytes read only always 5 Bytes20 7 6 5 4312 10 to 26 reserved Bye27 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Sync Module Present slot 1 bit 0 slot 8 bit 7 Set a bit to 1 to indicate that the Sync Module Micro Field Processor is in this slot Only 1 bit may be set 6 3 4 Discrete Input Modules Configuration Data Format Specify the actual slot number and a length of 13 The reference address is the location i
59. Configuration with No Module Present If the module is not present in the selected slot press the F3 tgl key to specify a module type The following screen will appear S 1 I O Type S 1 I O Type Special I O OR Generic I O tgl entr tgl entr Press F3 tgl to select Generic I O or Special I O Then press F4 entr 2 Use the F3 tgl key again to go through the module names listed below When the correct module name appears press F4 entr 3 Complete the module configuration as described in this chapter 7 2 Read a Module Identification with the Module Present If there is a module in the currently selected slot pressing F4 read from the empty slot screen brings up the module s identification screen For example 20 51 Mod type Discrete Out 16 Module type tgl entr If you want to change the module type displayed press F3 tgl to see the names of other module types Example screen for an intelligent module press F4 zoom to configure the I O references as described in this chapter You cannot change the module type of an intelligent module S 5 ALG630 1 0 Module type and version lt gt tgl zoom 7 3 Delete an Existing Module Configuration To delete the configuration of the module in the present slot press F3 delete then F4 enter Note that this removes the entire module configuration Page 5 20 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s
60. F3 change key to choose the correct BIU table type The HHM then requests a length for that data type This is the amount of data of the selected type that will be exchanged with the BIU 5 7 0 000 Select length lt gt chg entr Page 5 102 Alspa CE80 20 0 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration Enter the data length from the keypad then press F4 enter to save it The HHM displays the offset reference address of the first reference of the selected type that is available in the BIU For example if Q00001 to Q00032 were already assigned to other modules the next available reference would be Q00033 5 7 1 0 016 Ref Addr 00033 lt gt chg entr If you enter an invalid length value or overlapping references the HHM displays an error message If that happens press the HHM Clear key and make a new entry If you enter a number that is not on a byte boundary for discrete data the BIU will round down to the nearest correct offset Select other MFP data types and specify BIU data types and references 20 3 Assign Data Defaults Next set the default for each configured type of BIU data unassigned data types are not displayed here For the input data types AI and I select what the BIU should do with the MFP s data if the BIU loses communications with the MFP Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero S 4 Module 51 S 4
61. I O modules ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 6 1 Diagnostics and Fault Clearing BIU Level Faults Module Level Faults Corrupted EEPROM Unsupported Feature Calibration Memory Failure System Configuration Mismatch Fuse Blown Loss of I O Module Addition of I O Module Extra I O Module Loss of User Power Circuit Level Faults Analog Open Wire Analog High Alarm Analog Low Alarm Analog Over Range Analog Under Range In addition the Bus Interface Unit itself provides the following diagnostics Serial Bus Address conflict Loss of communications Loss of controllers EPROM fault RAM fault Processor fault Maximum Number of Uncleared Faults The Bus Interface Unit can store up to 32 uncleared faults at one time in its internal fault table The same internal table is used for faults from I O modules and Bus Interface Unit faults As faults occur the first 16 are saved in the internal table They stay there until the faults are cleared none of these 16 faults will be lost if the table overflows However for faults 17 through 32 the internal fault table operates as First In First Out stack When fault 33 occurs fault 17 is dropped from the table Page 6 2 Fault 1 Fault 16 Fault 17 Fault 33 Faults overflow here 4 New faults are added here Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307
62. Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 14 2 4 Input Scaling The 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module performs its own scaling unlike conventional CE80 20 analog modules whose scaling is performed by the BIU Scaling can be used to define a linear relationship between a channel s input voltage in millivolts mV and the value in engineering units returned to the BIU The default scaling configuration provides values from 10 000 to 10 000 for an input voltage range of 10V low span value to 10V high span value To scale a channel choose a high and low point and enter the actual input value span and a corresponding engineering units value for each During operation the module will use these values to convert input voltages into digital values that represent engineering units Scaling does not increase the resolution of the data but it does transform the values returned to the BIU into more convenient units If the scaled data falls below the minimum for engineering units the module returns the minimum engineering units value 32767 If the scaled data rises above the maximum for engineering units the module returns the maximum engineering units value 32767 15000 d igh Point 10000 High Point i Dll 31 Il LI 5000 LI EN 15000 1 10 10000 15000
63. Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 8 CONFIGURE A DISCRETE INPUT MODULE 51 Mod Type Discrete In 16 F4 51 1 16 F4 8 116 100001 100016 F4 51 Ref Address 100001 F2 Y 51 Report Faults YES F2 Y AFA S1 Lst State N F2 After you accept the module into the slot a screen like this appears S 1 I 16 Number of I references for this module type tgl entr 8 1 Assign I O References for the Module Specify the I O references to be used by the module For most applications you can simply have the Bus Interface Unit assign the next available references in that memory type Alternatively you can enter specific references for the module A To assign the next available references just press F4 entr B If you want to change to another type of I O table press F3 toggle C If you want to assign specific references enter the starting address Press F4 entr For most applications all module references should fall within the network map configured for the Bus Interface Unit see Section 6 for more information For local control a module can be configured outside the BIU network map In addition each data type 1 AL AQ has a total of 256 bytes allocated within the BIU So for each data type all references must be located within a 256 byte range For example if the starting address for input data configured for the Bus Interfa
64. Manual Page 8 33 Datagrams 11 READ I O FORCES REPLY Subfunction Code 41 hex This datagram provides the information requested by a Read I O Forces datagram Byte No Description 0 Force Table Requested 0 input enable 1 output enable 2 input values 3 output values 1 128 Input Output force enable value table data For discrete data a 1 in a bit position in the force enable table corresponds to an enabled force for that point For analog data the value FFFF hex in a word position in the enable table corresponds to an enabled force for an analog channel Page 8 34 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 12 READ SLOT DIAGNOSTICS Subfunction Code 42 hex This datagram can be used to read diagnostics information for a specific slot point or channel from a BIU This message does not provide channel or point information for intelligent modules which includes certain types of I O modules and Micro Field Processors Intelligent modules can be configured to provide the information automatically Byte No Description 0 Slot number 1 8 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 35 Datagrams 13 READ SLOT DIAGNOSTICS REPLY Subfunction Code 43 hex This datagram provides the information requested by a Read Slot Diagnostics datagram Byte No Description 0 Slot number 1 8 1 Board Status for slot 2 Board identification fault bit msb
65. N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 95 Station Configuration S 1 LOC DEF OUT ZERO lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen 19 2 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit configuration screens appears depends on the revision level of the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 19 2 1 Channel Header If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG gt zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel 1 displays the module s last reference parameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 lt and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens The following features are configured for each chann
66. O module a Micro Field Processor or the Bus Interface Unit Alspa CE80 20 Station 46541 Bus Interface Unit Micro Field Processor Q Al Al AQ lt gt AQ Intelligent I O Module Group Data is Q Transferred Al During Selected AQ Sweeps Only Page 4 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Operation 4 group can consist of a combination of I AI and or AQ data 4 For each data type a starting offset and length can be specified It is not necessary to move all of a module s data 4 The data does not need to be moved during each sweep Selective Sweep For group data only the BIU can move the data on each sweep or on any combination of up to 16 sweeps The selection of sweeps is easily made when configuring the group Examples Appendix D includes examples of how data might be configured for group moves ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 5 Operation 2 THE BIU SWEEP 46543 1 Read all inputs from conventional n discrete and analog input modules 2 Read all reference parameter inputs from smart modules 3 Readall group data moves whose destination is the BIU except groups whose source is a Synchronization module Y 4 Send Group Data moves to a Synchronization mo
67. REPLY 4 WRITE MAP 5 REPORT FAULT DATAGRAM FORMAT 5 1 Fault Byte Lo s ava tea Shears uo aa ud ps pes 23 25 Fault Byte 2 es ee sch Ep XM ene tone Mp but 23 Failt Byte 3 oce ERU Sa HE a f new 54 Fault Bytes 4 and 5 2 fess ded eh d nee ere ee oe Dev heeds 5 5 Fault Bytes6 nd 7 ose Rb ee eee RESTE 6 CONFIGURATION DATA 6 1 Read Configuration 6 1 1 Read Configuration Data Format for Alspa CE80 20 Conventional Modules 6 1 2 Read Configuration Datagram Format for Alspa CE80 20 Intelligent Modules 6 2 Read Configuration Reply Data 6 3 Write Configuration Data 6 3 1 Write Configuration Data Format for Alspa CE80 20 Conventional Modules 6 3 2 Write Configuration Datagram Format for Alspa CE80 20 Intelligent Modules 6 3 3 Bus Interface Unit Configuration Data Format 6 3 4 Discrete Input Modules Configuration Data Format Page 16 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Contents 6 3 5 Discrete Output Modules Configuration Data Format 8 12 6 3 6 Discrete Combination Input Output Modules Configuration Data Format 8 13 6 3 7 Conventional Analog Input Modules Configuration Data 8 14 6 3 8 Analog Ou
68. Remote Fixed and None The default is Local S 1 CH1 RJ TYPE LOCAL lt gt tgl entr Select Local if cold junction compensation will be provided for locally terminated thermocouples using a locally mounted thermistor either as part of a Thermocouple Terminal Block catalog number IC670CHS004 as described in the Installation Instructions or connected directly to the A and B terminals of the I O Terminal Block on which the module is installed Select Remote if the module will receive a cold junction compensation value from the controller via the BIU as analog output AQ data The value is in degrees C and includes 2 decimal places Select Fixed if you want to configure a specific reference value on a later screen The fixed value is configurable on a per channel basis Select None for measuring millivolt inputs or if cold junction will be maintained at zero degrees C 1 Use the toggle key if you want to change the displayed Reference Junction type 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selection and go on to the next item 17 5 8 Reference Junction Value If you selected Fixed for RJ Reference Junction Type enter the fixed value here The 0 01 in the display is a reminder that the value entered includes tenths and hundredths For example you would enter 5522 to specify a value of 55 22 millivolts The fixed value is added to the input millivolt value before linearization occurs The fixed value should be
69. T Q00041 Q00128 S SIS SS Module Outputs Q00025 Q00040 Sess s ss SJO LESSE Isis Ii Sssisssess 46740 2 Create variables to monitor the presence of network outputs BIU outputs and to serve as a heartbeat to verify the presence of the network For the example the variables are VARIABLE DECLARATION TABLE REFERENCE NICKNAME REFERENCE DESCRIPTION 100001 NETOUTS Network OUtputs 100017 NETPRES Network presence status 000001 STOUTS Station outputs 3 Add ladder logic like the following example to the application program Page 4 22 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation Example Ladder Logic 5 MH toar BLOCK DECLARATIONS TART OF PROGRAM LOGIC EIR ERROR RON RUNE BRR ER IER ROKOS KREK KEER E ERER I UON OUR NY nput 17 comes from the network and is always ON while the network is ending outputs to the Alspa CE80 20 Station The MFP is set to default ts received data if the network disappears Therefore when the network isappears Input 17 will be OFF Input 17 is a heartbeat detecting the resence of
70. conductors should be connected in a star fashion with all branches routed to a central earth ground point as shown below This ensures that no ground conductor carries current from any other branch Programming Device Each Terminal Block El Motor Drives and Other Electrical Control Equipment Machinery i NU P NOTE Earth 7 Central Signal and power Ground Ground Point connections not shown Figure 3 1 System grounding Each Alspa CE80 20 Terminal Block has a chassis ground terminal for safety and noise protection This terminal should be connected to the conductive mounting panel with a 10 cm 4 inch maximum length of 2 10 mm AWG No 14 wire Use hardware such as star washers to ensure ground integrity The control panel and enclosure should also be bonded to the plant system ground per code Inadequate grounding may compromise system integrity in the presence of power switching transients and surges Page 3 4 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Installation 6 LOCATIONS FOR ALSPA CE80 20 Alspa CE80 20 terminal blocks must be installed on a 35 mm x 7 5 mm DIN rail Modules can be located on equipment in junction boxes inside panels behind operator stations in NEMA enclosures as little as 4 deep and in other locations where space is limited The area should be clean and free of airborne contaminants wit
71. controller for that channel Select N if it should not 2 Use the F1 lt and F2 gt keys to select move the cursor selects channels If Hold Last State is set to NO pressing F1 lt from the first channel displays the Output Default screen 3 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 4 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen 12 5 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If a channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel provides no faults and uses no data Number of the channel 51 Active Ch O1 NYYN at the cursor location lt gt entr 1 For each channel select if the channel should be active Select N if it should not 2 Usethe F1 and F2 gt keys to select channels 3 Use F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 4 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 38 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 12 6 Output Current Ranges Select the current range for each channel to correspond to the signal level of the output device 0 to 20 mA for current modules 4 to 20 mA 8 d Number of the S1 Range Ch 01 channel you are Oma 20mA now configuring lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the tgl key to select a current voltage range 2 Usethe F1
72. ese DR excede LAA aede s ils oa ted ees 5 70 164535 due des Qe ucts 5 70 1644 Units Ranges 1 25 dct cx atten ch ORENSE a og ached ree 5 71 10 5 RED Type L2 bie MU aad ie eS el ee tee 5 71 16 6 gt Wire Type 5 eae ees Oana wens 5 72 10 7 Low Alarm Limit a Ree URL eA eee Ae PEE Ee 5 72 16 82 Hagh Alarm Limit i is dae e RM See ea wal gat eae pr 5 73 16 9 Resistance cd senate meld peso emp masc acl ee de To bn pri epi 5 73 17 CONFIGURE A THERMOCOUPLE INPUT MODULE 5 75 17 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 75 17 2 Assign Data Defaults oer e Woe WE ed aa 5 77 17 3 Line Frequency i eme Hes ee Sis ee ee 5 78 17 4 Suppress Open Thermocouple Diagnostic 5 78 17 5 Circuit Configuration ces ce edireten e ee m cutee led fee 5 78 19 5 sies Doe deu Ue na hele deeem hr e dh 5 78 17 5 2 Engineering scr Ra exe Rer ed bales ee Marden oe ues 5 79 17 5 3 Thermocouple 2 242 06 i eee be eed ee ged itp eae eae 5 79 1755 4 RangezDype 2 edere eds ea d EA fea 5 80 17 525 ow Alarm Litt noscere ex P RE E eee qd ee ee 5 80 17 5 6 High Alarm Limit
73. inputs available bits 0 bit 1 1 means outputs available and 1 both 1 means inputs and outputs both available set to 1 5 reserved must be 0 0 6 7 length of module s configuration 248 136 248 106 106 84 174 30 file in bytes 8 9 reserved must be 0 10 11 reserved must be 0 12 input output hold last state default to 0 Bits are shown below For each 0 default 1 last state 7 6 5 4 3 2 0 LO BSM State read only BSM Present 1 yes 0 no BSM Controller 1 yes 0 no BSM Forced 1 yes 0 no CPU Redundancy 00 no redundancy 01 Hot standby 10 Duplex reserved Duplex Default Configuration Protection read only 13 reserved must be 0 0 4 n additional module data Page 6 18 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Datagrams 6 3 9 2 Additional Configuration Data for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 261 for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Input module IC670ALG240 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes 0 to 13 yte De pto 14 Number of input reference parameters 2 15 Number of output reference parameters 1 16 17 Byte length of analog input data default is 32 18 19 Memory type for the module s analog input data usually type AI Enter one of the following numbers 16 I table 18 Q table 10 AI table 12 2 AQ table 20 21 Relative offset from start of table 22 23
74. is broken into segments at each location Each shield segment is DC grounded at one end SHIELD OUT and terminated with a small capacitor at the other SHIELD IN The segmenting breaks up long ground loop paths The capacitor termination reduces common mode noise from high frequency pickup while preventing large ground loop currents in the shield at low frequencies The alternately switching transistors produce a negative pulse followed by a positive pulse across SERIAL 1 relative to SERIAL 2 The bit waveform is a series of these pulses as will be shown later The transformer provides isolation 2500 volts test between the bus and the local logic permitting these to be at different voltages The internal resistors in each line provide current limit and some termination function during transmission The balanced differential signals on the twisted pair provide high noise immunity due to the magnetic H field cancellation effect of the twisting as well as electric E field reduction by the shielding Most remaining noise pickup is common mode the transformer provides a high common mode noise rejection by looking only at the differential signal across the SER 1 2 lines The two input comparators detect the positive polarity input pulses separately from the negative these are sent to a custom interface logic chip which digitally filters these for timing and sequence then reconstructs the NRZ digital data Voltages between the two thresholds are
75. of the latter three types of wiring particularly in cramped areas inside motor control centers and on control panels In general it is acceptable to mix the communications bus cable with the I O wiring from the blocks as well as associated control level wiring All noise pickup is cumulative depending on both the spacing between wires and the distance span they run together I O wires and communications bus cable can be placed randomly in a wiring trough for lengths of up to 15 meters 50 feet If wiring is cord tied harnessed do not include the bus cable in the harness since binding wires tightly together increases the coupling and mechanical stress that can damage the relatively soft insulation of some serial cable types Wiring which is external to equipment and in cable trays should be separated following NEC practices 4 2 Installing Additional Suppression It is possible some installations might exceed the surge immunity capabilities specified in chapter 1 This is most likely in outdoor installations or where the power source is from another building or ground system It is prudent to provide local transient protection Appendix B describes installation of additional suppression at the power and communications lines ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 3 Installation 5 SYSTEM GROUNDING components of a control system and the devices it controls must be properly grounded Ground
76. places the data into the input table segment that corresponds to the serial bus address Device Number of the Bus Interface Unit Page 4 12 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 4 4 Outputs from the Host to the BIU Each time the host s Bus Controller has the bus communications token it sends any outputs it has received from the CPU to the devices on the bus Outputs for the Bus Interface Unit are sent in one output data message with all configured discrete outputs followed by all configured analog outputs 46469 Output Data Message up to 128 bytes 39 discrete outputs analog outputs To Station Configured Q Length Configured AQ Length Q starting reference data AQ starting reference data The data lengths are equal to the configured lengths of Q and AQ data selected for the Bus Interface Unit regardless of the host CPU type or the actual amount of output data needed for the modules physically present in the station Either length may be zero 4 4 1 Output Data Format The output data format shown above is required by the BIU When generating the output data message an Alspa C80 75 Bus Controller automatically places the data ahead of the AQ data Other types of host must send an output message consisting of the correct number of bytes of discrete output data followed by the correct number of bytes of analog output data As soon as new output data is received th
77. produce maximum throughput of data by using a minimum overhead of control and synchronizing characters Each character is 11 bits long comprising a start bit always 0 next a control bit followed by 8 bits of data sent LSB first The last bit is a stop bit always 1 Successive characters are sent with no time space between them The control bit is used to signal the type of character being sent 1 indicates a control character and 0 a data character A minimum transmission is comprised of a start character one or more data characters and a stop character The Start character data contains the address and whether the transmission is directed to a specific address or a broadcast to all The End character contains the CRC 6 checksum More complex transmissions may have additional start and end of block characters to break up the message into blocks of data not to be confused with Alspa CE80 15 I O Blocks For example a Bus Controller can send device specific messages blocks of data to all devices on the bus during one transmission cycle ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page C 9 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 9 BUS ACCESS devices must receive the current SBA and the stop character even though the data is irrelevant locally After the stop control character is received each device on the bus starts a timer The time delay is equal to a skip time times the difference between the device S
78. pull up gently on the top of the terminal block to disengage the upper latch from the rail 3 Keep gently pulling the top of the terminal block away from the rail Insert the screwdriver into the lower latch and pry it outward to free the terminal block ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 9 Installation 9 INSTALLING THE CABLES BETWEEN TERMINAL BLOCKS Before installing modules on their terminal blocks install the connecting cable s between terminal blocks A short connecting cable as illustrated below is supplied with each I O Terminal Block A set of three connecting cables is available as renewal part number IC670CBLO0OI Optional 0 53 meter 21 inch cable is also available IC670CBLO002 only one cable can be used per I O station The illustration below shows cable connection between a Bus Interface Unit terminal block and an I O Terminal Block Make connections between I O Terminal Blocks in the same manner The connectors are keyed to assure proper installation 46498 00000000 LJ Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block eee Terminal Block Connection Cable loooooooo 00000000 L Terminal Block 4
79. record I O assignments made for Group Data moves for intelligent modules such as the Micro Field Processor Conventional discrete and analog I O modules use just one type of data However intelligent I O modules can use multiple data types See Subsection 20 4 for more information Module References and Reference Parameters Worksheet lot o Module Type 0 Bus Interface Unit These references are the ones transferred on the N80 bus ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Me oy Type I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ I Q AI AQ Data Type bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words bits bits 2 byte words 2 byte words e t Page 5 17 Station Configuration 1 For each data type to be exchanged on the bus enter a starting address and a length This screen shows the data type T and a starting address 00001 for discrete input data Blk Map Start I I00001 lt gt 2 You can edit the address or press F4 to accept it Then enter a length in bits for the I data For example
80. resistors 2 3 14 Figure 3 10 Installation of pre moulded bus cables 3 15 Figure 3 11 cable eee tbe etum este ben ecu eb ev 3 16 Figure 3 12 Use of intermediate connector for critical processes 3 17 Figure 3 13 Installation of BIU on terminal block 3 18 Figure 3 14 fuse location 0000 0 3 20 Figure 4 1 Synchronous Operation of a BIU and a Micro Field Processor 4 18 Figure 5 1 Hand Held Monitor BIU connection 2 5 4 Figure 5 2 Module slot numbers 2 5 19 Figure A 1 Scaling an analog input 0 III A 5 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 19 Tables Table 2 1 BIU LEDs signalling 0 0 0 eee RR 2 2 Table 4 1 Alspa CE80 20 contribution to N80 scan 4 14 Table 8 1 Datagrams for eee een teas 8 2 Page 20 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Introduction 1 This chapter introduces Alspa CE80 20 modules the Alspa N80 Bus Interface Unit BIU and other equipment that may be used with the Bus Interface Unit It will help you locate more information in other Alspa CE80 20 and N80 documents 1 OVERVIEW OF ALSPA CE80 20 1 1 Description
81. screws spaced approximately 15 cm 6 inches apart When using multiple rail sections be sure they are properly aligned Mount the DIN rail at least 10 80 cm 4 25 inches from any wireway or other obstruction on the wiring side of the Bus Interface Unit Allow more space if the wiring for I O modules is very stiff A wiring template is also provided in the instruction sheet included with each Bus Interface Unit terminal block Drill mounting holes for the BIU Terminal Block as shown below Allow a small tolerance between the top and bottom of adjacent terminal blocks After mounting the terminal blocks on the DIN rail as described on the following pages use No 6 screws not supplied to attach them to the panel Length for all screws is 9 525 mm 3 8 inch Page 3 6 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Wireway 14 99 cm 5 90 in ALS 52307 10 80 7 4 25 z z x o g 2 T Clamp Screw kj Clamp screw future location 4 445 cm 9 6 35 cm Figure 3 2 BIU terminal block mounting holes Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual 9 042 cm Installation 46458 3 560 in 11 43 cm 4 50 in 12 70 cm 5 00 in Page 3 7 Installation
82. seva Ueber en C2 3 SELECTING CABLE TYPE erer Sine ier enini I EL Sete eee C 4 4 SERIAL BUS WAVEFORMS scs e be eben repe eR eR C 5 5i USING OTHER CABLE TYPES sseeeeeee 0 C 6 6 PREFABRICATED CABLES pd n bie C 6 7 EFFECT OF LONG CABLES REPEATERS OR UNSPECIFIED CABLE TYPES ON MAXIMUM LENGTH BUS 2 C 7 Jl Attenuation vag PUPPES PE UE USQUE he tae pq C 7 Hide Dustortion EP ESPOSA Et EE C 7 4 391 Propagation Delay oe iere er eris ope e rev obser Re etes C 8 8 SERIAL DATA FORMAT tn Sade tain ED Ica e wine e C 9 9 BUS ACCESS ea pie Ba div dee eet etos bade ies ed qa died Bacay C 10 10 2 B S LENGEH Dee iquuer Cents ive C 11 1lL e cee ene eae C 11 12 BUS AMBIENT ELECTRICAL INFORMATION 2 2 0 C 12 12 1 General seri remp ced npe edu ec Ee C 12 12 2 Lightning Transient 1 C 12 APPENDIX D CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES Page 18 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Figures Figure 1 1 Alspa CE80 20 Station 2 1 1 Figure 1 2 Types of Alspa CE80 20 modules 2 I 1 3 Figure 1 3 N80 Network with Alspa CE80 20 stations simple example
83. tgl entr Analog input AI data is input data sent by the module S 4 Module gt AI DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr For command data going to the module data types Q and AQ which is included within the BIU s I O map you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network S 4 Network Q DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr S 4 Network AQ DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 77 Station Configuration 17 3 Line Frequency Next set the line frequency for the module Select 50 or 60 Hz S 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ lt gt tgl entr 17 4 Suppress Open Thermocouple Diagnostic 5 4 OTC SUPPRESS NO lt gt tgl entr Configure whether the module should perform Open Thermocouple diagnostics on the input data 1 Select NO the default if the module should perform Open Thermocouple diagnostics Select YES if it should not 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 17 5 Circuit Configuration The following features are configured for each channel in turn 17 5 1 Channel Active S 4 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr When channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If channel should not be scanned
84. that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns the value 0 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 78 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 17 5 2 Engineering Units Specify whether the module should report values for the input as hundredths of millivolts or as tenths of degrees C or F S 1 CH1 UNITS MV lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the tgl key if you want to change the current choice 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selection 17 5 3 Thermocouple Type Next specify the type of Thermocouple present on the channel J K T E S R B N G C D or Platinel II The default is NONE If this default is selected the module will report inputs as millivolts S 1 CH1 TC TYPE NONE lt gt tgl entr If you selected Engineering Units of millivolts on the previous screen the TC Type should be NONE 1 Use the F3 toggle key if you want to change the displayed thermocouple type 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selection TC Type Low mV Limit High mV Limit Low Temperature High Temperature Limit C Limit C J 8 0960 57 9420 210 00 1000 00 K 5 8910 54 8069 200 00 1370 00 T 5 6030 20 2520 200 00 390 00 E 8 8240
85. the Group Data For example Group Move 1 0 Dest Slot 7 lt gt entr The Destination can be the same module specified as the Source Press the F4 enter key to accept the destination slot then press F2 gt to go to the next configuration screen Page 5 106 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 20 4 3 Configure the First Move for a Group Group Move 1 1 Src Ref AI00009 lt gt tgl entr For each data type a starting offset and length can be specified It is not necessary to move all of a module s data of a particular type You can specify any suitable offset and length If the reference is to a BIU table you must enter the actual address of the data The BIU will calculate the offset For a Micro Field Processor the following data types can be read or written R AI AQ A I Q M T G In addition data of types S SA SB and SC can be moved from the MFP to BIU only The BIU has read access only to these tables Press the F4 enter key to accept the Source Reference Press F2 gt to go to the next configuration screen Next enter the Destination Reference Group Move 1 1 Des Ref 5800002 lt gt tgl entr Press the F4 enter key to accept the Destination Reference Press F2 gt to go to the next configuration screen Enter the length for the data to be moved Group Move 1 1 Byte Le
86. the host may map to these MFP references although that is not necessary Appendix D gives examples of I O reference assignments Page 4 16 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 6 3 MFP Operating Modes In the Standard Program Sweep mode the Micro Field Processor executes each sweep as quickly as possible with a varying amount of time consumed each sweep In the Constant Sweep Time mode each sweep consumes the same amount of time This time is configurable to be from 5 to 200 milliseconds When the MFP is in Stop mode the application program is not executed In this mode it is possible to choose whether or not the I O is scanned internally by the MFP and whether communications with the programmer will continue If the BIU requests data from the Micro Field Processor while the MFP is in Stop Fault mode the requested data will either be defaulted or held in its last state depending on the configuration of the MFP In Stop No I O mode the MFP updates its internal I AI tables with data received from the BIU and sends zeros for all data reference or group to the BIU ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 17 Operation 1 Read all inputs from conventional gt discrete and analog input modules E MFP Waits 2 Read all reference parameter inputs from Y smart modules MFP receives Group Data from the BIU 3 Read all group data move
87. to be measured 2 Using a suitable external device find the engineering units measurement for example PSI or degrees 3 Read the corresponding value with the Hand Held Monitor or the Alspa P8 software The units using the default scaling are millivolts or microAmps a using a Hand Held Monitor in default mode go to the Monitor screens see chapter 7 Section 2 if you need further instructions and read the channel s digital value b using the Alspa P8 software go to the appropriate data table and read the channel s digital value 4 Setthe process to the second condition to be measured and repeat steps 2 and 3 to find the second pair of scaling values 3 2 Finding the Digital Value without the Module Online If the module is not online to the process you will need to take two measurements from the process and also measure the voltage or current associated with each Convert this measurement to millivolts for voltage or microAmps for current Page A 4 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Scaling Analog Channels 4 EXAMPLE OF SCALING AN ANALOG INPUT A channel is configured in the 0 to 10 volts DC range It measures a velocity input Electronic sensors and mechanical linkage external to the block have determined that an input level of 1 5 volts DC is equal to 6 meters second 20 feet second and that 9 volts DC is equal to 55 meters second 180 feet second Plotting these va
88. to convert engineering units into digital values that represent output current Engineering units values are 16 bit signed integers from 32768 to 32767 Span values are unsigned integers ranging from 0 to 20000 The engineering and span points you select do not limit the actual hardware output range For example a channel whose range is configured to 1 will output current below 4mA for engineering units values below 4000 even though the low span value is 4mA It is possible to choose scaling parameters that will cause the current output to be limited by the scaling process For example using a low engineering units value of 32768 minimum value and high engineering units value of 32767 maximum value would effectively limit the output current to values between the corresponding low and high span values The first scaling screen shows the engineering units AQ value that corresponds to the low span output value Valid engineering units 32768 to 32767 Page 5 98 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration S 1 CH1 ENG L 04000 lt gt chg entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 chg 2 Enter the new value using the numeric keypad 3 Press FA entr to enter the new value or F3 clr to abort the change The high engineering units value for the channel is displayed next 5 1 CH1 ENG H 20000 lt gt chg entr
89. to echo its outputs the BIU generates a fault report for that module If the module is configured for output defaulting the BIU attempts to set outputs to their default states This is not always possible depending on the nature of the problem For conventional analog modules the BIU converts data from the selected scaled units and performs range checking before sending the outputs 2 11 Send Reference Parameters to Intelligent Modules Next the BIU sends reference parameter data from its tables to intelligent modules except a Synchronization module If the BIU is unable to contact a module it generates a fault report 2 12 Move Group Data to Intelligent Modules The BIU moves group data from intelligent modules or from its own internal memories to any intelligent modules except a Synchronization module that is configured to receive data during that sweep If the move fails a fault is generated 2 13 Background Tasks After performing all the data transfers described above the BIU performs a sequence of background tasks such as fault processing scanning module IDs and testing memory Page 4 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 3 BIU BACKPLANE SCAN TIME The backplane scan time for the N80 BIU depends on the type and number of modules present in the Alspa CE80 20 station the scan time of the Alspa N80 bus and the number and type of Group Data Move definitions Shorter N80 bus sca
90. totally isolated power systems additional protection against lightning damage should be provided by adding surge suppressors for groups of I O blocks Such suppressors should be installed from incoming power leads to ground enclosure baseplate block case where leads enter the enclosure A device specifically designed to protect the N80 bus is available from the U S company CONTROL TECHNOLOGY Contact them or ALSTOM for application information The device must be used in combination with power line suppression to fully protect the system Page C 12 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Appendix Configuration Examples D This appendix includes examples of different Alspa 80 20 I O Station configurations An T O Station with discrete data only where all of the data is configured within the BIU s I O map The BIU sends all inputs from Alspa CE80 20 modules on the network outputs are generated by the system controller for example a PLC which sends them to the BIU over the network An VO Station with both analog and discrete data where all of the data is configured within the BIU s map As in the first example BIU sends all inputs from Alspa CE80 20 modules on the network All outputs are generated by the system controller that sends them to the BIU over the network TO station with both discrete and analog data which also includes a Micro Field Processor The Mic
91. voltages between Vr and Vr thresholds are ignored ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page C 3 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 3 SELECTING A CABLE TYPE The N80 bus is a shielded twisted pair wire daisy chained from block to block and terminated at both ends Proper cable selection is critical to successful operation of the system Each bus in the system can be any cable type listed in the table below Do not mix cables of different impedance regardless of cable run length Do not mix cable types in long and or noisy installations Other small size twisted pair shielded wire of unspecified impedance can be used for short runs of 15 m 50 feet or less using 75 ohm terminations Selection of wire type may be limited by local and national codes and industry standards Consult the cable manufacturer to determine the cable s suitability for a particular type of installation Conservative wiring practices and national and local codes require physical separation between control circuits and power distribution or motor power Refer to sections 430 and 725 of the U S National Electric Code Cable No NEC Outer Terminating Number of Dielectric Ambient Maximum Length Cable Run amp Make USA Diameter Resistor Conductors Voltage Temp feet meters at baud rate Type p NE Rating Rating 15365 1536c 768 3840 A 9823 none 0 350in 150 ohms 2 No22 30V 60 C 2000ft 35004 4500ft 7500ft C 4596 CL2 8 89mm 606m
92. wiring 1 To check the fuse remove power from the station Avoid touching the exposed wiring on the Terminal Block when removing the Bus Interface Unit Caution Electrostatic discharge can damage the module when it is not installed on a Terminal Block Always observe normal ESD protection practices when handling an un installed module Use of a ground cuff and a grounded floor surface are recommended 2 Fully loosen the retaining screws in the Bus Interface Unit and carefully remove it from the Terminal Block Do not tilt the module during removal 3 Remove the retaining screws from the BIU 4 The fuse location is shown below Visually inspect the fuse to see whether it has blown 46464 mE Fuse Figure 3 14 BIU fuse location 5 To remove the fuse from the holder carefully pry it upward Take care not to damage any components in the module Place the new fuse in position and press it into the holder The fuse should be a 5x20 mm 250 slow blow type 6 Reinstall the Bus Interface Unit on the BIU Terminal Block as described on the previous page Page 3 20 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Installation 15 UPGRADING THE BIU FIRMWARE The BIU EEPROM stores the configuration of the I O Station If you replace the BIU EEPROM it will be necessary to reconfigure the I O Station using a Hand Held Mo
93. zoom into the module s slot a screen like this appears S 2 AI AI 01 6 Default data length 101970 01985 Default BIU data type Next available reference gt chg entr F2 Ie This screen shows the default table and length and the next available reference 5 p 1 address in that table for that reference parameter The length is displayed in units that are appropriate for that data type AI and AQ are in words Q and I are in bits ACTIVE The asterisk indicates that this reference has not yet been defined F2 1 Y S RANGE If the present selection is acceptable press F4 enter to accept it The asterisk will F2 Key disappear If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference S1 CH1 SPAN LO 10000 F2 y fF S1 CH1 SPAN HI 10000 F2 y Ft S1 CH1 ALRM LO 10000 F2 S1 CH1 ALHI 10000 F2 y F Repeat for other channels IN Page 5 58 value press F3 change 10000 F2 y Fi 1 Git ENG HI S 2 AI AI F2 y Select table tgl entr From this screen you can display the other BIU data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed 5 2 AI AI 016 Select length clr entr Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration If you want to enter a different length for the displayed data typ
94. 0 Micro Field Processor User s Manual This book describes the Alspa 80 20 Micro Field Processor and I O terminal blocks and explains how to install them ALS 52511 Alspa C80 35 PLC Bus Controller for Alspa N80 Network NBC User s Manual Reference manual for the Bus Controller which interfaces an Alspa N80 bus to an Alspa C80 35 PLC This book describes the installation and operation of the Bus Controller It also contains the programming information needed to interface devices to an Alspa 80 35 PLC ALS 52507 Personal Computer Interface Module PCIM for Alspa N amp O Network User s Manual Reference manual for the PCIM which interfaces a N80 bus to a suitable host computer This book describes the installation and operation of the It also contains the programming information needed to interface CE80 15 I O devices to a host computer ALS 52612 Installation Requirements for Conformance to Standards 3 MANUAL NUMBERS In some cases Alspa 8000 manuals may be issued with numbers that differ from the one given under Related Publications in the Preface of other manuals or in Important Product Information or data sheets The contents are similar The table below shows the correspondence between ALS and equivalent numbers for the manuals concerned ALS Number Other Number ALS Number Other Number GFK 0800 GFK 0585 50206 GEK 3
95. 2 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 ALS 52307 Description Byte Number of input reference parameters 2 48 49 Number of output reference parameters 2 Byte length of analog input data Memory type for the module s analog input data usually type AI Enter one of the following numbers 16 I table 18 Q table 10 AI table 12 AQ table Relative offset from start of table Byte length of discrete diagnostic input data 50 51 Memory type for the module s diagnostic input bits usually type I Enter one of the numbers listed above 52 53 Relative offset from start of table 54 55 56 57 Byte length of discrete control output data Memory type for the module s control output bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table 58 59 Byte length of analog output data for cold junction compensation usually type AQ Memory type for the module s analog output data 60 61 used for remote junction compensation Usually type AQ Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Line Frequency 0 50 Hz 1 60 Hz 62 79 Open circuit checking suppression for input 1 80 97 0 perform check 1 suppress check Channel active for input 1 0 inactive 98 115 1 active Conversion type for input 1 116 133 0 1 100 millivolts 134 151 1 linearized temperature in 1 10 degrees C
96. 27 10 1 Assign References eye 5 27 10 2 Module Fault Reporting 0 III 5 28 10 3 Default Inputs or Hold Last State 5 28 10 4 Default Outputs Hold Last State 5 29 11 CONFIGURE A CONVENTIONAL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 5 30 11 1 Assign References for the Module 5 30 11 2 Channel Fault Reporting eeestis rede aeee r RII 5 31 11 3 Channel Active ER uot pube dolre a 5 31 11 4 Input Current Ranges PR 5 32 1152 Input Scaling vesc dre ues 5 33 11 6 Alarm E ee tae PERS teenage NUR Rad CARROS 5 34 11 7 Default Inputs or Hold Last State 5 35 12 CONFIGURE A CONVENTIONAL ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE 5 36 12 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 36 12 2 Default Outputs or Hold Last State 5 37 12 3 Output Default Values 2 5 37 12 4 Channel Fault Reporting 2 III 5 38 1225 Channel Active iple cile EL DPI AIR YR 5 38 12 6 Output Current Ranges iius BAe ee ae ER anb Rr ee Ete 5 39 12 7 Output Scaling ie wale Abeer aides BAG 5 40 13 CONFIGURE A 16
97. 4 6 Specify the BIU Scanning Frequency for the Data Group An important characteristic of Group Data is that it does not need to be moved during each BIU sweep The last step in configuring a Group is to specify the sweeps during which the data should be moved If you need more information see chapter 4 Subsection 1 3 The screen shows the scans 1 to 16 when the BIU will transfer the indicated Data Group The number of the current Data Group appears in the upper left corner of the screen If every location on this screen is set to Y yes the BIU will transfer the data during each of its sweeps If every location s set to N the BIU will never move the Group Data Setting only one location to Y and the rest to N means the data will be transferred during every 16th sweep by the BIU Sweep Enab 02 03 lt Group BIU sweep YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY BIU Sweeps lt gt del zoom for the Group Use the F3 toggle key to change to N any sweep the Group should not be moved You can select any combination of sweeps Select a number that is appropriate for the data in the Group Remember that skipping sweeps will speed up the operation of the BIU After completing this screen press F4 enter to download the group definitions to the module and update the group in the BIU EEPROM Page 5 108 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 20 4 7 Return to the Group Screen After co
98. 52307 Station Configuration 10 4 Default Outputs or Hold Last State You should also configure what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the module if it stops receiving outputs from the network S1 Hld Lst State NO lt gt tgl entr 1 Select YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold outputs in their last states and supply that data to the module Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s outputs and supply that data to the module instead This selection has no effect if the BIU itself fails 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection If Hold Last State is set to NO the following screen appears Number of the point 51 Out Def Pt 01 at the cursor O ation 000000xx lt gt tgl entr 3 On this screen select a default state 1 or 0 for each output 4 Use the cursor keys to select outputs Use the F3 toggle key to change the state of the output at the present cursor location 5 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 29 Station Configuration 11 CONFIGURE A CONVENTIONAL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 51 Mod Type Analog 8 cur In FA Al 08 gt F4 S Al 08 AI001 1008 F4 51 Ref Address AI00001 F2 A F1 YYYYYYYY F2 y F1 S1 Active Ch 01 YYYYYYYY F2 AFI 51 Faults Ch 01
99. 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes 0 to 13 Byte 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Page 8 22 Description Number of input reference parameters 2 Number of output reference parameters 2 Byte length of analog input data 0 8 Memory type for the module s analog input data usually type AI Enter one of the following numbers 18 table 10 Al table 12 2 AQ table Relative offset from start of table Byte length of discrete diagnostic input data 0 4 Memory type for the module s diagnostic input bits usually type I Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Byte length of control output bits 0 or 1 Memory type for the module s control output bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Byte length of analog output data should be set to 0 Memory type for the module s analog output bits Not used Relative offset from start of table Line Frequency 0 2 50 Hz 1 2 60 Hz Channel Active flag for input 1 0 inactive 1 active Conversion type for input 1 0 1 10 ohms 1 linearized temperature in 1 10 degrees C 2 linearized temperature in 1 10 degrees F 3 percent of span Byte 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 69 70 83 84 97 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manua
100. 661HHM3502J or later can be used to configure a Bus Interface Unit HHM configuration instructions are given in chapter 5 In addition chapter 8 of this manual Datagrams explains how the configuration of a Bus Interface Unit can be completed or changed by sending it Write Configuration datagrams The ALS 52514 Alspa CES0 20 Micro Field Processor User s Manual which describes the Micro Field Processor IC670MFP100 and provides installation procedures operation information and diagnostics information If the system host is an Alspa C80 75 PLC the N80 Bus Interface Unit must be included in the system configuration as a device on the bus Please see the programming software documentation for instructions ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 7 Introduction 5 ALSPA CE80 20 IN AN ALSPA N80 NETWORK Using Alspa CE80 20 modules on an N80 network combines the low cost small size and flexibility of Alspa CE80 20 with the versatility and power of N80 communications The N80 bus is an industrially hardened Local Area Network LAN It passes I O control data and background information datagrams between the Bus Interface Unit and an N80 bus controller An N80 can support up to 32 devices Each Bus Interface Unit station counts as one device on the bus regardless of the number or type of modules present in the station Other devices on the same bus can be Alspa CE80 20 stations remote drops I O
101. 768 to 32767 5 4 CH1 EU L 00000 lt gt chg entr Enter the high span value for the channel This is the actual current in microAmps to be scaled to the high engineering units value 5 4 EU H 32000 lt gt chg entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 47 Station Configuration Next enter the actual current in microAmps to be scaled to the low engineering units value 5 4 CH1 SPAN L 04000 lt gt chg entr Span values are 16 unsigned integers ranging from 0 to 25000 After entering the low span value for the input press the F4 enter key Enter a high span value for the same input 5 4 CH1 SPAN 20000 lt gt chg entr 13 5 5 Alarm Limits The next screen is used to set the low alarm limit for the channel in engineering units 5 4 CH1 AL L 00000 lt gt chg entr Each input channel can have a low alarm limit and a high alarm limit Alarm limits can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the signal The range for each is 32768 to 32767 The high alarm limit must be greater than the low alarm limit If alarm reporting is not wanted alarm limits can be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal so they will never be activated After entering the Low Alarm Limit press the F4 enter key Then enter the High Alarm Limit for the channel 5 4 CH1 AL 32000 lt gt chg entr
102. 8 Bus Interface Unit Micro Field Processor 46544 Figure 4 1 Synchronous Operation of a BIU and a Micro Field Processor Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 6 4 Overview of Synchronous Operation The following diagram and table show how data is handled during synchronous operation 46549 BIU 1 Inputs Conventional Tables Input Module 2 All inputs Discrete Inputs B2 Groups ES d 1d 6 to I Analog 4 Groups network Inputs 5 All outputs Micro Sman Network Q 8 All inputs Field Module ME cr wu Pr rf 7 from Discrete 9 Groups network Outputs D IEEE AQ 10 Outputs Analog L Conventional Outputs Output Module 11 All outputs 12 Groups 12 12 Sweep Action Forces if No Network Cannot Read Step mapped Module 1 Inputs from conventional modules yes defaults 2 inputs from intelligent modules yes defaults 3 Groups not from MFP to BIU tables yes defaults 4 Groups to MFP yes NN 5 outputs to starts solution 6 Move to ne
103. 8 INSTALLING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT TERMINAL BLOCK ON THE DIN RAIL 8 1 Installation 1 Tilt the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block and position it over the rail as shown below left catching the rail behind the tabs in the terminal block 2 Pivot the terminal block downward until the spring loaded DIN rail latches in the terminal block click into place 1 2 46412 MS Ra tabs DIN rail 3 Tighten the DIN rail clamp screw see below left Maximum recommended torque is 0 45 Nm to 0 678 Nm 4 in lbs to 6 in Ibs Installing the BIU Removing the BIU ___ 46453 Terminal Block Terminal Block N A zd C JA Q oo Q oo 8 8 amp 2 3 Tieren m B 1 Loosen go 98 2 Pry 33 88 33 88 Upper 7 latch 3 F 16 5 Ae REI le i fy Lower 0 By ww Figure 3 3 BIU terminal block installation on DIN rail Page 3 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Installation 8 2 Removal 1 Loosen the clamp screw 2 Insert a small flat blade screwdriver into the upper latch and pry it outward Then
104. 8 4 Kb Fault Reporting Disabled 0 yes 1 no unlabelled bits not used BSM Switch Time 0 2 5 sec 1 10 sec reserved Unused Read Only Configuration Length unused 4 bytes in Write Configuration Sequence Diagnostic Length bytes read only unused reserved Sync Module Present slot 1 bit 0 slot 8 bit 7 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 27 Datagrams Group Move 1 The diagram below shows the sequence of group mode configuration data for Group Move 1 Move 1 and Move 2 The format for subsequent moves is the same Group Move 1 Byte 28 71615 413 211 0 Source Slot Byte 29 71615 413 2110 Destination Slot Byte 30 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Which Sweeps Data Group Will Be Moved Byte 31 7 16 5 4 3 2 1 0 Hold Last State Defailt Submove 1 Byte 32 71615 141312 1 0 Source Table Segment Selector Byte 93 71615 4131211 0 Destination Table Segment Selector Byte 34 716 5 4 3 2 1 0 Source Offset in bytes LSB Byte 35 716 5 41312 1 0 Source Offset bytes MSB Byte 36 71615 413 211 0 Destination Offset bytes LSB Byte 37 71615 14 13 2 1 0 Destination Offset in bytes MSB Byte 38 71615 4131211 0 Byte Length of Data LSB Byte 39 7 6 15 4 3 211 0 Byte Length of Data MSB Submove 2 Byte 40 71615 1413 12110 Source Table Segment Selector Byte 41 71615 413211 0 Destination Table Segment
105. 9 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 6 3 9 Byte Description Input 1 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 16 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 18 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 20 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 22 output default value Isb in byte 24 Input 2 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 28 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 30 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 32 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 34 output default value Isb in byte 36 Byte No 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 Datagrams Byte Description Input 3 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 40 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 42 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 44 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 46 output default value Isb in byte 48 Input 4 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 52 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 54 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 56 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 58 output default value Isb in byte 60 Intelligent Modules Configuration Data Format Conf
106. 9 60 69 70 79 80 89 90 99 100 109 110 119 Description Chl Range 0 no preselected range 1 span 4000 to 20000 units 4000 to 20000 2 span 4000 to 20000 units 0 to 32000 3 span 0 to 20000 units 0 to 32000 If the range is not 0 the span and engineering units entered in the following eight bytes must match the selected range If they do not the module will reject the configuration If the range is O the span and engineering units are not used and the next eight bytes are not checked Ch 1 Low Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Ch 1 High Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Ch1 Low Span 0 to 20000 lt high Chl High Span 0 to 20000 gt low Ch 2 parameters Ch 3 parameters Ch 4 parameters Ch 5 parameters Ch 6 parameters Ch 7 parameters Ch 8 parameters ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 3 9 8 Additional Configuration Data for an Analog Voltage Output Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 119 for an Analog Voltage Output module IC670AL 0310 is listed below Byte 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 ALS 52307 Description Number of input reference parameters 1 Number of output reference parameters 2 Byte length of diagnostic discrete input data 0 3 Memory type for the module s diagnostic input bits usually type I Enter one of the following numbers 16 I table 18 Q
107. ALS 52307 Station Configuration 14 1 3 Configure the Line Frequency Next set the line frequency for the module Select 50 or 60 Hz Disturbances due to AC noise cause variations around the desired DC level The amplitude of these variations can be reduced by configuring the rate at which the module scans inputs for the operating frequency If the line frequency is configured at 60 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 04 milliseconds If the line frequency is configured at 50 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 25 ms S 2 LINE FREQ 60 HZ lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the first circuit configuration screen 14 2 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit configuration screens appear depends on the revision level of the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 14 2 1 Channel Header If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press F1 lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel 1 displays
108. Alpha Belden Consolidated E Essex M Manhattan Oilflex Limited to 16 taps at 38 4 Kbaud not known Suitable for applications requiring high flexibility continuous flex or vibration NEC classes are based on data obtained from manufacturers and are subject to change CANADIAN CEC codes are generally similar Other countries may vary The serial bus can be treated as a Class 2 circuit when appropriate wiring practices are followed Maximum available bus lengths may be affected when installation requires the high voltage rated CM Communications rating CM types can replace CL2 but not vice versa Page C 4 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 4 SERIAL BUS WAVEFORMS The actual waveforms seen on the cable depend on the cable impedance and the distance from the station presently transmitting A data 0 is a series of three AC pulses while a 1 is no pulse lt baud rate SERIAL 1 VOLTAGE RELATIVE TO SERIAL 2 Use caution when connecting instrumentation to the bus A differential probe or a summation of two probes relative to ground is required Inadvertent grounding of one side of the bus can cause loss of data or data errors The pulse frequency is three times the baud frequency for example 460 8 KHz at 153 6 Kb The peak transmitted voltage Vp and the receiver thresholds Vr are per the electrical specification above Th
109. Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en First issue 04 1995 This edition 05 2000 Meaning of terms that may be used in this document Notice to readers WARNING Warning notices are used to emphasize that hazardous voltages currents temperatures or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist or may be associated with use of a particular equipment In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment a Warning notice is used Caution notices are used where there is a risk of damage to equipment for example Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and operating the equipment This document is based on information available at the time of its publication While efforts have been made to be accurate the information contained herein does not purport to cover all details or variations in hardware or software nor to provide for every possible contingency in connection with installation operation or maintenance Features may be described herein which are not present in all systems ALSTOM assumes no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made ALSTOM makes no representation or warranty expressed implied or statutory with respect to and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy completeness sufficiency or usefulness of the information contained here
110. Analog Voltage Input Module HE670ADC810 Range To measure Enter this engineering Internal Units Selected this voltage units value microAmps 0 to 10 volts 0 volts Low 0 Low 0 10 volts High 10000 High 10000 10 to 10 volts 10 volts Low 10000 Low 10000 10 volts High 10000 High 10000 Page A 2 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 2 2 Version 2 0 or Later Scaling Analog Channels For many applications the engineering units are either millivolts or microAmps These units are easy to scale Simply use the table below to find scaling values that are appropriate for the channel s configured range Analog Current Input Module Range To measure Enter this engineering Selected this current units value 4 to 20 mA 4mA Low 4000 20 mA High 20000 0 to 20 mA OmA Low 0 20 mA High 20000 Analog Current Output Module Range To output this Enter this engineering Selected current units value 4 to 20 mA 4mA Low 4000 20 mA High 20000 0 to 20 mA OmA Low 0 20 mA High 20000 Internal Units microAmps Low 4000 High 20000 Low 0 High 20000 Internal Units microAmps Low 4000 High 20000 Low 0 High 20000 Analog Current Source Output Module IC670ALG320 in Voltage Mode Range To output this Enter this engineering Selected voltage units value 4 to 20mA 0 volts Low 0 10 volts High 10000 0 to 20 mA 0 volts Low 0 12 5 volts High 12500 Internal Units microA
111. At a later time it becomes necessary to add a discrete input module to station 1 However in station 1 there are already enough input modules to use all of the assigned input references 10001 10064 Ideally the extra module would be added to station 1 at 100065 but that is already used as a reference in station 2 The alternatives at this stage are 1 Change the map of station 2 to free up the needed contiguous I references 2 Change the map of station 1 to start at higher references such as 10097 10160 3 Add a third I O station to accommodate the additional modules It would have been easier to add the module to station 1 if extra references had been configured originally or if some vacancies had been allowed as shown below Station 1 Station 2 10001 10096 10097 10160 AI0001 Al0008 AI0009 10016 90001 Q0032 90033 00064 AQ0001 AQ0008 AQ0009 AQ0016 Page 5 16 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration You might use a worksheet like the one shown below to record the I O references and Reference Parameters configured for the Bus Interface Unit and for the modules in the I O Station Slot 0 is the location of the BIU The references you enter for the BIU are the ones that will be communicated on the N80 bus Slots 1 to 8 maximum contain conventional I O modules or intelligent modules You will find a worksheet below where you can
112. Bus Interface Unit was 10101 all analog inputs would need to be located between 10101 and 10228 Foy S1 Alarm Ch 01 00000 low F2 y Ari 51 Alarm Ch 01 00000 high Alarm Limits for other channels F2 F1 1 Hid Lst State NO MEO Page 5 30 Module references are automatically assigned by the Bus Interface Unit based on its configured data addresses and the number of points appropriate for the module type To edit the module s configuration press F4 zoom Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 11 2 Channel Fault Reporting The Bus Interface Unit can report faults for each channel to the network controller If fault reporting is enabled for a channel the Bus Interface Unit sends a message to the network controller such as an Alspa 8000 PLC Bus Controller if any fault occurs on that channel If fault reporting is disabled the Bus Interface Unit does not send fault reports for the channel to the network controller Regardless of whether fault reporting is enabled the Bus Interface Unit detects faults on the circuit and takes appropriate action If a fault occurs the fault condition must be corrected for proper operation of the I O module Number of the channel S1 Faults Ch O1 at the cursor location lt gt tgl entr 1 For each channel select Y if the Bus Interface Unit should rep
113. Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 85 Station Configuration 18 1 1 Configure Data Defaults Data default screens are displayed next For the module s diagnostic input bits data type I you can determine what the BIU should do with the data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero 5 1 Module 571 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press toggle then F4 enter to change the default and save it 5 1 Module 571 DEFAULT HOLD gt entr For module s fault clearing discrete output bits AQ and you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network Selectable values are ZERO and HOLD S 1 Network gt AQ 5 1 Network Q DEFAULT ZERO DEFAULT ZERO lt gt entr lt gt tgl entr In an station that includes local I O control some or all of the module s outputs may be assigned to addresses that are not within the BIU s I O map The defaults configured here do NOT apply to module outputs that are outside the BIU s I O map Page 5 86 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 18 1 2 Configure Local Default Outputs Next select the default output mode used for all channels in the event of a local module failu
114. Byte length of discrete diagnostic input data default is 11 24 25 Memory type for the module s diagnostic input bits usually type I Enter one of the numbers listed above 26 27 Relative offset from start of table 28 29 Byte length of module s control output bits 30 31 Memory type for the module s control output bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above 32 33 Relative offset from start of table 34 bit 4 Line Frequency 0 50 Hz 1 60 Hz 34 bits 0 1 Filtering Method 0 None 1 8 average 2 16 average 35 reserved 36 37 Active Channel Bit Map 1 bit per channel 38 39 Chl Range 0 no preselected range 1 span 4000 to 20000 units 4000 to 20000 2 span 4000 to 20000 units 0 to 32000 3 span 0 to 20000 units 0 to 32000 4 span 0 to 24000 units 0 to 32000 Read only when sending a configuration file The module sets the range based on the scaling parameters When the configuration is read back it indicates the correct range ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual yte 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 65 66 79 80 93 94 107 108 121 122 135 136 149 150 163 164 177 178 191 192 205 206 219 220 233 234 247 De pt Chl Low Span 0 to 25000 Chl High Span 0 to 25000 Ch 1 Low Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Ch 1 High Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Chl Low Alarm Chl High Alarm Ch 2 parameters Ch 3 pa
115. Communications Bus Installing Removing the Bus Interface Unit Removing Replacing the Bus Interface Unit Fuse Upgrading the BIU firmware For information about installing I O module see the ALS 52308 Alspa CE80 20 I O Modules User s Manual For a detailed description of the characteristics of the Alspa N80 bus see Appendix C Alspa N80 Serial Bus ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 1 Installation 1 PREINSTALLATION CHECK Carefully inspect all shipping containers for damage during shipping If any part of the system is damaged notify the carrier immediately The damaged shipping container should be saved as evidence for inspection by the carrier As the consignee it is your responsibility to register a claim with the carrier for damage incurred during shipment However ALSTOM will fully cooperate with you should such action be necessary After unpacking the Alspa CE80 20 modules and other equipment record all serial numbers Serial numbers are required if you should need to contact Product Service during the warranty period of the equipment shipping containers and all packing material should be saved should it be necessary to transport or ship any part of the system 2 STATIC PROTECTION The Bus Interface Unit has CMOS components that are susceptible to static damage Use proper static handling techniques when handling this module 3 HAND HELD MONITOR CONNECTOR
116. Connector for Cable 98 lt to Next Device Figure 3 4 Location of terminal block connection cable After installing the cable be sure it is firmly seated on both connectors Page 3 10 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Installation 10 POWER WIRING TO THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT Do not apply power until the BIU module is installed on the Terminal Block 1 Connect an appropriate power source as shown below For BIU version CE670GBI102 if a DC supply is used the polarity is not important BIU version CE670GBI102 provides internal overvoltage protection Terminal 4 is normally connected to frame ground terminal 3 by a factory installed jumper If overvoltage protection is not required or is supplied upstream this feature can be disabled by removing the jumper leaving pin 4 unconnected Low Voltage High Voltage amp Connections Q Connections Q CE670GBI002 CEO OPUS amp Q AES en Q 9 a ate PA 115 VAG or 125 VDC Figure 3 5 Power wiring to BIU 2 Use one 2 10 mn AWG 14 or two 1 30 mm AWG 16 wires per terminal The wires into a terminal should be the same type and size Wires must be copper conductors rated for 75 degrees C 167 degrees F only
117. D screen There are 32 available addresses from 0 to 31 on a bus One is needed for the Hand held Monitor typically this is 0 Another is needed for the Bus Controller Typically this is 31 30 or 31 for redundancy systems Bus Interface Unit is usually assigned a Serial Bus Address from 1 to 29 or 30 Duplicate Serial Bus Addresses disrupt communications and are not permitted PROG BLOCK ID I O 272 BLOCK NO ref blk nxt Press F2 Block Then enter the Device Number 1 30 For example PROG BLOCK ID I O 272 BLOCK NO 14 blk nxt If you make a mistake press F2 again then enter the correct number 2 If you are configuring the Bus Interface Unit on an operating bus when you press the Enter key an error message appears if the number has been used for another device If the Bus Interface Unit is not online be sure to assign a unique Serial Bus Address or there will be a conflict when the Bus Interface Unit is powered up on the bus 3 Press the Home key to return to the HHM s Main Menu The message Please Wait appears ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 5 Station Configuration 4 CONFIGURE THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT From the HHM s Main Menu F1 HHM UTILITIES F2 ANALYZE F3 CONFIGURATION F4 DEVICE MEMORY Press F2 twice to display the HHM s special set of menus for the Bus Interface Unit To display these menus a seria
118. F4 entr key An error message appears if the number has been used for another device on the bus If you want to go to the next screen without changing the Serial Bus Address press F2 gt Page 5 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 4 2 Select the Baud Rate N80 bus communications can occur at any of four baud rates 153 6 Kbaud standard 153 6 Kbaud extended 76 8 Kbaud or 38 4 Kbaud The default is 153 6 baud standard The ALS 52301 Alspa CE80 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual gives guidelines for baud rate selection Each device s communications baud rate must be the same as that used by all other devices on the bus or the bus will not operate Baud Rate 153 5k std gt tgl entr If you want to go to the next screen without changing the baud rate press F2 gt 2 If the baud rate should be changed press F3 toggle to display the other baud rate choices The asterisk means a choice now being displayed has been changed by pressing the F3 tgl key Baud Rate 76 8k F3 tgl may be pressed to see other choices for this gt tgl entr item 3 When the desired baud rate appears press F4 enter On this screen only the asterisk will remain until you power cycle the Bus Interface Unit to implement the new baud rate If the baud rate is changed on any block that is currently installed on an ope
119. G WORKS Analog modules convert between electrical signals current or voltage and digital values These digital values are 0 to 4095 for 12 bit converters Digital values are often referred to as counts They represent the data that is transferred between the Bus Interface Unit and an analog module To make the input or output data of conventional analog modules more meaningful to the application the Bus Interface Unit performs a conversion process called scaling note that the BIU performs scaling only for conventional analog modules intelligent analog modules perform their own scaling Scaling converts the module s digital values to or from the engineering units values used by the application Typically the engineering units represent millivolts or microamps In other cases they represent physical units such as degrees or centimeters per second Since engineering units values are integers from 32767 to 32767 it is often necessary to use fractional units such as hundredths of degrees to preserve the resolution of a physical input or output Each channel of an analog module can be scaled independently Scaling is configured by entering corresponding low and high engineering units values and low and high internal values for two points The internal values represent millivolts or microamps The BIU uses the straight line defined by the two pairs of values to convert between engineering units and analog convertor counts The conve
120. HIS MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 1 introduces CE80 20 systems the N80 Bus Interface Unit and other equipment that may be used with the Bus Interface Unit It will help you locate more information about the components and operation of CE80 20 products Chapter 2 Description Chapter 2 describes the N80 Bus Interface Unit module the Bus Interface Unit Power Supply and the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block and lists their specifications Chapter 3 Installation Chapter 3 describes Bus Interface Unit installation and gives system installation guidelines Chapter 4 Operation Chapter 4 explains how a Bus Interface Unit interacts with the modules in its station how it stores data and how it exchanges data with a PLC or other type of system host Chapter 5 Station Configuration Chapter 5 explains how to configure a Bus Interface Unit and the I O modules in a station using a Hand Held Monitor Chapter 6 Diagnostics and Fault Clearing Chapter 6 describes the diagnostics capabilities of the Bus Interface Unit and explains how faults can be cleared from a Hand held Monitor or programmer Chapter 7 Monitoring and Controlling CE80 20 Data Chapter 7 explains how to monitor or control CE80 20 I O data using a Hand held Monitor or a programmer Chapter 8 Datagrams Chapter 8 lists datagrams that can be sent to a Bus Interface Unit and shows the datagram formats for CE80 20 modules that are different from those for other devices
121. HM502 or later is required Note that the BIU and I O modules can also be configured via datagrams from the host Datagram formats are detailed in chapter 8 Configure the serial bus address and baud rate Set Up the Hand Held Monitor Create a New Configuration Configure the Bus Interface Unit Configure Alspa CE80 20 modules Configure the Network Map for the Bus Interface Unit Add Modules and Assign References Configure a discrete input module Configure a discrete output module Configure a discrete inout output module Configure a conventional analog input module Configure a conventional analog output module Configure a 16 point grouped analog input module Configure an 8 point grouped analog voltage input module Configure a 16 point grouped analog voltage input module Configure an RTD input module Configure a thermocouple input module Configure an 8 point analog voltage output module Configure an 8 point analog current output module Configure a micro field processor ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 1 Station Configuration For Additional Information Also See The ALS 52211 Alspa CE80 15 Hand Held Monitor User s Guide for basic operating instructions The programming set up instructions for the system host The instructions in this chapter are for local configuration of the BIU and the modules in the I O station The system host must also be configured appropri
122. IU off the bus prior to configuring the Bus Interface Unit Configure the Bus Interface Unit baud rate serial bus address and network map while the BIU is off the bus ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 3 Station Configuration 2 SET UP THE HAND HELD MONITOR 1 Ifthe Bus Interface Unit is connected to an operating bus the Hand Held Monitor must be the ONLY Hand Held Monitor plugged into any device on the bus If the Bus Interface Unit is NOT presently connected to a properly terminated N80 network install a 750 terminating resistor across the Main Bus Serial 1 and Serial 2 terminals on the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block The resistor is needed only for off line communications between the HHM and the Bus Interface Unit it should be removed prior to bus installation unless the BIU Terminal Block is the last device on the bus 2 Begin with the HHM turned off Attach it to the connector on the Bus Interface Unit 46475 mon ALSTOM D cfg ALSPA CE80 15 C M J 165 do 4 5 B8 HO m g5 ANN amp F1 F2 F3 F4 E A JA 9 7 8 9 Home M alien Voce Yee 1 5 6 Menu ee AU een 81 2 5 ETA 1 2 3 Clear Ee 3 2 lt lt 20 Figure 5 1 Hand Held Monitor BIU connection 3 Turn the Hand Held Monitor o
123. LES 6 1 2 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT CLEARING FOR THE BIU AND CONVENTIONAL MODULES v REPLIES METRE gaa E S 6 1 3 DISPLAY AND CLEAR FAULTS FROM A HAND HELD MONITOR 6 3 3 1 Displaying Faults osse ee ee ee 6 3 3 2 Clearing Faults Pees ee SS ee 6 4 4 DISPLAY AND CLEAR FAULTS FROM AN ALSPA 8000 PLC 6 5 4 1 Alspa C80 75 PLC Fault Table 0 IR 6 5 4 2 Alspa C80 75 PLC Fault Table 2 2 6 5 ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 15 Contents CHAPTER 7 MONITORING AND CONTROLLING ALSPA CE80 20 DATA 1 OVERVIEW 1 1 Forcing Circuits 1 2 Overriding I O Circuits 2 MONITOR CONTROL I O DATA HAND HELD MONITOR 2 1 Changing Reference Type Being Displayed 2 2 Stepping Through the Configured References of the Displayed Type 2 3 Displaying a Specific Reference 2 4 Displaying References that are Outside the BIU s I O Map 2 5 Changing the Display Mode 2 6 Returning to the Previous Menu 2 7 Forcing Unforcing the Displayed Reference 3 MONITOR CONTROL I O DATA ALSPA 8000 PLC 4 MONITOR CONTROL I O DATA COMPUTER CHAPTER 8 DATAGRAMS 1 DATAGRAM TYPES 2 READ MAP 3 READ MAP
124. Module AI DEFAULT ZERO DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr lt gt tgl entr You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it For output Q and AQ data which is included within the BIU s I O map determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network S 4 Network 0 S 4 Network AQ DEFAULT ZERO DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr lt gt tgl entr When you are finished assigning and saving the Reference Parameters and data defaults for the Micro Field Processor use the F2 gt to return to the first Micro Field Processor configuration screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 103 Station Configuration 20 4 Configure Group Data Moves The BIU Micro Field Processor and intelligent modules can also be configured for Group data transfer Group data is a set of data that the BIU regularly transfers from one location in the station to another Up to 16 data groups can be set up for an I O station Each group can consist of up to four separate data moves between the same two devices and in the same direction For more information about Group data see chapter 4 Subsection 1 3 You might use a form like the one below to record your Group Data assignments There is also a worksheet for I O module reference assignments on Se
125. NFIGURE ALSPA CE80 20 MODULES 0 cece eee eee 5 14 5 1 Enable Disable the I O Scan 2 eee eee 5 14 5 2 Disable Network I O Updates 0 0 eee 0 5 14 6 CONFIGURE THE NETWORK MAP FOR THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT 5 15 6 1 Configuring Extra References in BIU I O Map 5 16 6 2 Example oes 5 16 7 ADD MODULES AND ASSIGN REFERENCES 2 ees 5 19 7 1 Configuration with No Module Present 5 20 7 2 Read Module Identification with the Module Present 5 20 7 3 Delete an Existing Module Configuration 5 20 8 CONFIGURE A DISCRETE INPUT MODULE eee 5 21 8 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 21 8 2 Module Fault Reporting cresi ieis iacta erasi III 5 22 8 3 Default Inputs or Hold Last State 5 23 9 CONFIGURE A DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE eee 5 24 Page 12 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Contents 9 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 24 9 2 Default Outputs or Hold Last State 5 25 9 3 Module Fault Reporting pocese rrn igre 0 5 26 10 CONFIGURE A DISCRETE INPUT OUTPUT MODULE 5
126. POINT GROUPED ANALOG INPUT MODULE 5 41 13 1 Assign References for the Module 5 41 13 2 Configure Data Defaults psn eiat a eataa eh 5 43 13 3 Configure Filtering silii dX Re eV be pee Eie 5 44 13 4 Configure the Line 5 44 Circuit Configuration 5v oci eb ie Bie sexa eie 5 45 13 5 1 Channel Headers iocus cob pectet best o ek pe PER CRT E DR 5 45 1335 27 Channel E EE E ts dtes 5 45 13 5 3 Input eee e ERR CE eei 5 46 13 5 4 Input Scaling 334r res RE EE THESE WD DOR CURE 5 47 19 5 5 Alarm 2 4 in hele a ss IAE 5 48 14 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT GROUPED ANALOG VOLTAGE INPUT MODULE 5 49 14 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 49 14 1 1 Configure Data Defaults sirpi re na a ie a a ccc e eens 5 51 14 1 2 Configure Filtering i KAE REPRE OTENE EE E E ES 5 52 14 1 3 Configure the Line Frequency 2 5 53 14 2 Circuit Configuration 2 2 ee eee e dee ede des 5 53 14 212 Channel Header 32 es arse Deest eod std 5 53 14 2 2 Channel Active ic L3 eR fel hs eed ised RU RV Se eae 5 54 14 2 3 5 tao ROSSI NOCuS
127. SPAN H 20000 F2 n S1 CH1 ALL 04000 F2 y kei 1 CH1ALH 20000 F2 y Repeat for other channels F2 ALS 52307 When you select Read from the empty slot HHM screen this module screen appears 5 4 ALG240 1 0 lt gt del zoom 13 1 Assign I O References for the Module When you zoom into the module s slot a screen like this appears S 4 AI AI 016 Default data AI01307 01322 length Default BIU Next available reference data type lt gt chg entr This screen shows the default table and length and the next available reference address in that table for that reference parameter The length is displayed in units that are appropriate for that data type AI and AQ are in words Q and I are in bits The asterisk indicates that this reference has not yet been defined If the present selection is acceptable press F4 enter to accept it The asterisk will disappear If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value press F3 change S 4 AI AI Select table tgl entr From this screen you can display the other BIU data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed 5 4 AI AI 016 Select length clr entr Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 41 Station Configuration If you want to enter a different len
128. Selectot Byte 42 71615 413 211 0 Source Offset in bytes LSB Byte 43 71615 141312110 Source Offset in bytes MSB Byte 44 71615 413 1211 0 Destination Offset in bytes LSB Byte 45 71615 413 1211 0 Destination Offset in bytes MSB Byte 46 71615 14131211 0 Byte Length of Data LSB Byte 47 71615 413 12110 Byte Length of Data MSB The high byte of address 2 of the pointer is not used it must be zero The low byte of address 2 specifies the type of memory where the Status Pointer will be located For This Memory Type Enter This Number I discrete input table 16 Q discrete output table 18 R register memory 8 AI analog input table 10 AQ analog output table 12 Page 8 28 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Datagrams 7 SET BUS INTERFACE UNIT OPERATING MODE Subfunction Code 39 hex This datagram can be used to set the operating mode of the N80 Bus Interface Unit Byte No Byte Description 0 Mode 1 This message has two copies of the mode parameter These copies must be equal for the command to accepted by the Bus Interface Unit If you disable the network the BIU sends no inputs and receives no outputs Bytes 0 and 1 Must Match Scan Enable Disable 1 enable 0 disable Run Stop Local Programming FUTURE Network Enabled disable 0 enable 1 disable Unused
129. Suggested torque for the terminal screws is 1 20 Nm 9 in Ibs 3 Connect the ground terminal to the conductive mounting panel with a 10 cm 4 inch maximum length ofavg 2 10 mm AWG 14 or larger wire Use hardware such as star washers to ensure ground integrity ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 11 Installation 11 CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS BUS The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block has a two sets of bus terminals The terminals in the center portion of the terminal block are for the main bus cable they are always used The outermost set of bus terminals is for an optional redundant dual bus cable The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block has built in bus switching capability do not attach a Bus Switching Module in a dual bus application Redundant Bus Connections optional Main Bus Connections Serial 1 Serial 2 Shield In Shield Out Shield Out Shield In Serial 2 Serial 1 5969 69 69 60 46462 B1 B2 Bin Bout Aout Ain A2 A1 Figure 3 6 Communications bus connections on terminal block Terminals accept one or two 2 1 mm AWG No 14 cross section copper 75 C wires Each terminal can accept solid or stranded wires The wires on any terminal should be the same type The suggested torque is 1 20 Nm 9 in Ibs Page 3 12 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Install
130. TEM 1 12 8 1 N80 Bus Redundancy Overview 1 12 8 2 Redundant Bus Configurations 0 0 eee 0 1 12 CHAPTER 2 DESCRIPTION 1 N80 BUS INTERFACE UNIT eee eremi 2 1 LEDS Let RES er Swe oh eh pct Oe pene e en ELLE e REDUCE 2 2 1 2 Bus Interface Unit Power Supply 2 3 1 3 5e eee ee E OLLI Ups nee tees 2 3 14 BackplaneCurtent 24nd deen DeL eee Ae DR MEAN ee 2 4 1 5 Calculating Input Power Requirements for a Bus Interface Unit 2 4 1 6 Bus Interface Unit Power Dissipation 2 5 1 7 Load Requirements for Hardware Components 2 6 1 8 Hand Held Monitor and Hand Held 2 6 1 9 Hot Insertion Removal of Modules 2 7 1 9 1 Faults Reported During Hot Insertion Removal 2 7 ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 9 Contents 1 9 2 I O Module Data During Hot Insertion Removal 2 7 1 9 3 Hot Insertion Removal for a Micro Field 2 7 1 9 4 Hot Insertion Removal Not Permitted in Hazardous Locations 2 7 2 BUS INTERFACE UNIT TERMINAL BLOCK
131. UE one Side este Rn 5 54 ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 13 Contents 14 24 Input Scaling 53 53 ei ton XU RR ISBN 5 55 14 2 5 Alarm RIS Ge aah ie Regt oa REU E des 5 56 15 CONFIGURE 16 POINT GROUPED ANALOG VOLTAGE INPUT MODULE 5 58 15 1 Assign References for the Module 5 58 15 2 Configure Data Defaults 2 5 60 15 3 Configure Filtering scesero dii teri Rel perry Ey uS Ter 5 61 15 4 Configure the Line 5 61 15 5 Circuit Configuration 65 RR eee eA Re des 5 62 15 5 1 Chanrel Header 54 IA bre Dro a eee e d a et gs 5 62 15 52 Chanel Active ieu celeb IPS E NES 5 62 15 5 3 Iput Range t Dt VEA VEO dae Lays DERE UE 5 63 1554 Unput Scaling RARI EAR EU REIR RE dp be te HR Goan e dete 5 63 15 55 Alarm Limits dat bled heed ids eee hehe es 5 65 16 CONFIGURE AN RTD INPUT MODULE seeeee III 5 66 16 1 Assign I O References for the Module 5 66 16 2 Assign Data Defaults o o Rene Rm et vU RR 5 68 16 3 Line Frequency i e Bete MER ue eg Hes 5 69 16 4 Circuit Configuration 2 0 5 69 16471 ChannelH ader ous epe esee pee ee e e e o 5 69 16 42 Channel Activ vo eleme
132. Voltage Range Frequency AC Power Inrush Current Power Supply Output to I O modules Holdup Time Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block Power Requirements Reliability More than 183 000 hours operation MTBF calculated 24 VDC 18 VDC to 30 VDC 16 8 Watts maximum at full load nominal voltage 15 50 Amps peak 3 ms maximum see note 6 5 VDC 5 1 4 Amp maximum 10 ms maximum 115 VAC 125 VDC 90 to 135 VAC 105 to 150 VDC 47 to 63 Hz 115 VAC 48 VA maximum at full load nominal voltage 125 VAC 24 W maximum at full load nominal voltage 20 Amps peak 3 ms maximum See Note 6 5 VDC 5 2 Amp maximum 20 ms maximum from nominal input voltage 16 mA maximum More than 600 000 hours operation MTBF calculated For information about I O modules please see the ALS 52308 Alspa CE80 20 I O Modules User s Manual Inrush current is installation dependent See Subsection 1 4 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 2 9 Description Page 2 10 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Installation This chapter describes System Wiring Guidelines System Grounding Locations for Alspa CE80 20 Modules Installing the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block on a Panel Installing the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block on a DIN Rail Installing the Cables Between Terminal Blocks Power Wiring to the Bus Interface Unit Connecting the
133. a processing ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 15 Station Configuration 6 1 Configuring Extra References in the BIU I O Map Normally there is no need to configure extra I O references in the BIU s network I O map Although unused references do not contain meaningful data they do add to the N80 bus scan time One circumstance under which it might be best to configure extra I O references would be to allow for future addition of I O modules to a station in a system where the host uses the same reference addresses for data as the BIU In such a system reserving extra references or leaving vacancies at configuration time can be a convenient way to prepare for future additions to a station In a system where the BIU s reference addresses are not used by the host changing the BIU s I O map does not affect the host so there is no need to configure unused references for future modules Input Data Message with Some Inputs Not Used 46470 unused unused discrete inputs discrete analog inputs analog references references To CPU Configured Length Configured Al Length starting reference data Al starting reference data 6 2 Example An application has two stations in a system where the host uses the BIU reference addresses Station 1 Station 2 10001 10064 10065 10128 AI0001 10008 AI0009 10016 Q0001 Q0032 Q0033 00064 AQ0001 AQ0008 AQ0009 AQ0016
134. al ALS 52307 Station Configuration You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press toggle then F4 enter to change the default and save it 5 1 Module gt 31 DEFAULT HOLD lt gt tgl entr For the module s fault clearing discrete output bits AQ and Q you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network Selectable values are ZERO and HOLD S 1 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr S 1 Network gt AQ DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr In an station that includes local I O control some or all of the module s outputs may be assigned to addresses that are not within the BIU s I O map The defaults configured here do NOT apply to module outputs that are outside the BIU s I O map 19 1 2 Configure Local Default Outputs Next select the default output mode used for all channels in the event of a local module failure or reset This is not the same as the data defaults described on the previous page which are for the BIU The choices for local default output are A ZERO The output of each channel goes to 0 mA in the event of a local failure or reset B HOLD LAST The output of each channel is held at the last value latched by the D A converters in the event of a local failure or reset provided the appropriate user power supply is present ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20
135. alled Reference Parameters 2 Configuring any Group Data Moves that will be used to transfer Micro Field Processor data during specified BIU sweeps All Group Data Moves are considered part of the Bus Interface Unit s own configuration Instructions for configuring Group Data Moves begin on Subsection 20 4 It is possible to configure a Micro Field Processor or any other type of intelligent module to have only Reference Parameters and no Group Data or only Group Data and no Reference Parameters But both types of data transfers can be used in a system The typical configuration is to use only Reference Parameters 20 1 Configure the Reference Parameters for the Micro Field Processor To configure Reference Parameters for a Micro Field Processor go to this menu Fl Monitor F2 Configuration Select F2 configuration If the module has not previously been added to the BIU configuration the module configuration screen looks like this Slot S 1 EMPTY number tgl read If the module is already installed and powered up select F2 gt repeatedly until the menu below appears then press the F4 read key ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 101 Station Configuration S7 MFP1 0 lt gt del zoom Press F4 zoom The HHM displays the first MFP data type screen 20 2 Select Data Types for Micro Field Processor Data To configure BIU re
136. also be installed on older I O Terminal Blocks that do not have mating alignment tabs However Hot Insertion Removal are not supported in such an installation Terminal Blocks IC670CHS101 102 or 103 These I O Terminal Blocks have projecting alignment tabs designed to facilitate Hot Insertion Removal of modules Modules that are earlier than revision J cannot be mounted on these terminal blocks Terminal Blocks IC670CHS001 002 and 003 which lack alignment tabs do not support Hot Insertion Removal of modules With these terminal blocks I O Station power should be off when installing or removing modules Mixing IC670CHS10x terminal blocks with IC670CHS00x terminal blocks in the same I O station is not recommended 1 9 1 Faults Reported During Hot Insertion Removal When using the recommended equipment listed above Hot Insertion Removal will cause the expected fault reports related to the loss of or addition of the module and its I O circuits These faults should be cleared in the normal manner However Hot Insertion Removal of a rev J or later module will NOT cause Configuration Mismatch errors that in some types of systems can shut down the controller 1 9 2 I O Module Data During Hot Insertion Removal As mentioned separate I O module power must be turned off for Hot Insertion Removal When the module is installed and power is reapplied module data will quickly return to normal For intelligent I O modules there may
137. ameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens The following features are configured for each channel 18 2 2 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active its analog output data is processed and its alarm conditions are returned When a channel is configured as Inactive its output goes to OmV and its alarm conditions are not returned although any alarms that were already set can still be cleared using discrete output Q data S 1 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 88 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 18 2 3 Scaling Range Scaling can be used to define a constant slope mapping from the value in engineering units sent by the BIU to a channel s output voltage The default scaling configuration 10V to 10V provides an output voltage range of 10 000 low span value to 410 000 high span value for engineering units
138. as Loss of Module or Extra Module are lost 4 2 Alspa C80 75 PLC Fault Table The PLC Fault Table shows the station ID and the location within the station where the fault has occurred 1450 4 Serial Bus Address TEN Rack Slot Pressing the Clear key from this display clears the entire PLC Fault Table If there are no faults in the I O Fault Table then pressing Clear will also clear Bus Interface Unit faults ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 6 5 Diagnostics and Fault Clearing Page 6 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Monitoring and Controlling 7 Alspa 20 Data This chapter explains how to monitor or control Alspa CE80 20 I O data using a Hand Held Monitor a programmer Overview e Forcing Circuits e Overriding I O Circuits Monitor Control I O Data Hand Held Monitor e Changing the Reference Type Being Displayed e Displaying Another Reference e Changing the Display Mode e Forcing Unforcing the Displayed Reference Monitor Control I O Data Alspa 8000 PLC e Reference Tables Display from the PLC Monitor Control I O Data Computer If you are using another type of programmer software please consult the documentation supplied with that software for instructions ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 7 1 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 D
139. at ties everything together including computer LANs MAP and Alspa N80 I O and communications bus These four types of wiring should be separated as much as possible to reduce the hazards from insulation failure miswiring and interaction noise between signals A typical PLC system with Alspa N80 I O may require some mixing of the latter three types of wiring particularly in cramped areas inside motor control centers and on control panels In general it is acceptable to mix the N80 bus cable with the I O wiring from the blocks as well as associated control level wiring All noise pickup is cumulative depending on both the spacing between wires and the distance span they run together I O wires and N80 bus cable can be placed randomly in a wiring trough for lengths of up to 15 m 50 feet If wiring is cord tied harnessed do not include the bus cable in the harness since binding wires tightly together increases the coupling and mechanical stress that can damage the relatively soft insulation of some serial cable types Wiring external to equipment and in cable trays should be separated following for example standard American NEC practices The pickup over long distance runs with adequate spacing consists of common mode and ground voltage differences These are rejected due to the differential transmission mode of the N80 bus and the bus isolation transformers built into each Alspa CE80 15 I O block ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Inte
140. ata 1 OVERVIEW There are two ways to manipulate I O data in a station A by forcing an input or output to assume a desired state or value which will be stored in the BIU s EEPROM memory This is done with a Hand Held Monitor no equipment other than the I O module s is required It can also be done using datagrams Forces can only be applied to the portions of the BIU s internal memory that are included in the BIU s I O map Forces cannot be applied to references that lie outside the I O map Forcing guarantees consistent I O behavior regardless of power failures or communications interruptions If you want to check out a circuit at the station the simplest way is with a Hand Held Monitor using force unforce B for a host PLC data can be manipulated by overriding an input or output state in the PLC s override tables This is done with the programmer The PLC and N80 Bus Controller must be connected to the Bus Interface Unit and must be operating Both methods are described on the following pages They are valuable tools for verifying circuit wiring in an Alspa CE80 20 station 1 1 Forcing Circuits Forcing an I O circuit from a Hand Held Monitor causes the circuit to assume a selected state for discrete circuits or value for analog circuits Once forced a circuit retains the selected state or value even if power is cycled The forced circuit ignores data from an attached input device or output data from a CPU Forcing is the only meth
141. atch inward to free that side of the card guide Repeat on the other side 46548 latch Remove the dual board set and card guide from the housing Replace the EEPROM on the board with the EEPROM containing the new firmware for the BIU Reinsert the board set into the module housing taking care to align the card guide with the screw holes in the housing When the card guide is in position press downward gently on the back of the card guide to seat the latches Check the front of the module to be sure they have seated correctly Reinstall the Bus Interface Unit on the BIU Terminal Block Using a Hand Held Monitor version 4 6 or later reconfigure the I O Station Page 3 22 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Chapter Operation 4 This chapter explains how a Bus Interface Unit interacts with the modules in its station how it stores data and how it exchanges data with the system host 4 BIU Data Handling at the I O Station The BIU Sweep BIU Backplane Scan Time Data Transfer Between the BIU and the Host Operation of the BIU with a Micro Field Processor 4 4 4 4 N80 Bus Scan Time 4 4 Backing Up Micro Field Processor Outputs 4 Backing Up BIU Outputs with a Micro Field Processor ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 1 Operation 1 BIU DATA HANDLING AT THE I O STATION The BIU manages all movement of data within t
142. ately to exchange information with the BIU If the host is an Alspa 80 75 PLC with Alspa P8 software release 5 0 or earlier the Alspa N80 Bus Interface Unit must be configured as a Generic I O device Page 5 2 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Station Configuration 1 CONFIGURE THE SERIAL BUS ADDRESS AND BAUD RATE Before a Bus Interface Unit can communicate on the N80 its serial bus address must be configured That means if you install a Bus Interface Unit and power it up BEFORE configuring its serial bus address it does not communicate on the bus When you subsequently configure the serial bus address the Bus Interface Unit begins communicating on the bus immediately The baud rate must be set first in order to configure the BIU online See the instructions for setting on the Hand Held Monitor on the next page Special Instructions for Alspa 80 75 PLC Systems However assigning the serial bus address is the first configuration step prior to assignment of the network map for the Bus Interface Unit So when the Bus Interface Unit starts communicating its I O map has not yet been assigned If the Alspa C80 75 is the host that causes it to generate CONFIGURATION MISMATCH faults One such fault appears for each non matching data type and length Depending on the PLC s own configuration CONFIGURATION MISMATCH faults may be either diagnostic only or fatal shutting down the system To avoid pr
143. ates a fault report to the host If the module is configured for Hold Last State the BIU holds the module s data at its last valid state If the module is configured to default its inputs the BIU places zeros in the module s assigned references for all inputs that are not forced Any forced inputs retain their forced states For inputs from conventional analog modules the BIU also performs scaling calibration alarm checking and range checking 2 2 BIU Reads Input Reference Parameters Next the BIU reads all configured discrete and analog reference parameters from intelligent modules including an MFP If a module fails to supply valid input data the BIU generates a fault report to the host If the module is configured for Hold Last State the BIU holds the module s data at its last valid state If the module is configured to default its inputs the BIU places zeros in the module s assigned references for all inputs that are not forced Any forced inputs retain their forced states Page 4 6 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 2 3 BIU Reads Group Data Whose Destination is BIU Next the BIU reads the input group data for which the destination is slot O the BIU from all intelligent modules except a Synchronization module The BIU reads only the group inputs that have been configured to be read during that sweep If a module fails to supply valid input data the BIU generates a
144. ation RTD Type Low Q High Low High Limit Limit Temp C Temp 10 Ohm Copper at 25 C 6 13600 14 8200 75 00 150 00 10 Ohm Platinum at 25 C 7 02000 37 2599 70 00 1000 00 25 Ohm Platinum 4 14500 74 3089 201 1111 537 77 100 Ohm Nickel 80 88890 147 7700 40 00 140 00 1 KOhm Platinum a 0 00375 199 4880 2754 620 200 00 500 00 100 Ohm Platinum 0 0 00385 27 01 389 036 180 0 850 0 100 Ohm Platinum 0 0 003902 93 5400 135 000 17 7TTT 99 9999 100 Ohm Platinum IPTS68 PA 26 5 327 744 200 0 630 0 100 Ohm Platinum SAMA RC21 4 PC 26 5 311 874 200 0 600 0 100 Ohm Platinum JISC 1604 81 26 5 323 780 200 0 620 0 25 5 Ohm Platinum Lab Std PJ 4 50 83 575 200 0 630 0 9 035 Ohm Copper CA 6 05 16 400 100 0 260 0 50 2 28 379 105 787 100 0 260 0 100 Ohm Copper 56 757 211 574 100 0 260 0 100 Ohm Nickel NB 69 520 223 221 60 0 180 0 120 Ohm Nickel NA 66 600 380 310 80 0 260 0 604 Ohm Nickel Iron FA 372 789 1318 722 100 0 204 0 1 KOhm FB 566 576 1985 891 100 0 204 0 Page 5 74 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 S1 ALG630 F4 Y S1 1008 100001 00008 FA F2 Y 51 1 1 048 FA F2 Y S1 Q 0 016 Q00001 00016 F4 F2 Y 51 AQ AQ 008 AQ00001 00004 Foy F1 S1 Al 008 A100001 00008 F2y F1 1 M
145. ation 11 1 Bus Cables Bus connections can be made using standard bus cables cable specifications for the N80 network are detailed in the Appendix C When making bus connections the maximum exposed length of unshielded wires should be 5 cm two inches For added protection each shield drain wire should be insulated with spaghetti tubing to prevent the Shield In and Shield Out wires from touching each other or the signal wires For applications using 150 ohm cables prefabricated cables are available in 38 cm 15 IC660BLCO01 and 91 36 IC660BLC003 lengths These cables terminate in mating connectors that simplify wiring between I O blocks The 91 cm 36 cable is recommended for Alspa CE80 20 installations AHS NI GHS T 5 I US 2 2 2 E J D SHD SHD SER SER OUT IN 2 1 Figure 3 7 Bus cable 11 2 Making Bus Connections 1 Connect Serial 1 to the Serial 1 terminals of the previous device and the next device 2 Connect Serial 2 to the Serial 2 terminals of the previous device and the next device 3 Connect Shield In to Shield Out of the preceding device Connect Shield Out to Shield In of the next device If the Bus Interface Unit is the first device on a bus Shield In can be left unconnected If it is the last device on a bus Shield Out can be left unconnected 46356
146. be a delay of a few seconds while the module goes through its powerup sequence 1 9 3 Hot Insertion Removal for a Micro Field Processor A Micro Field Processor that is revision J or later may be removed inserted as described above Note however that although the Micro Field Processor will start functioning upon reinstallation the MFP s application program must be reloaded I O data controlled by the Micro Field Processor will be incorrect until that has been done The BIU configuration of the Micro Field Processor is not affected by Hot Insertion Removal 1 9 4 Hot Insertion Removal Not Permitted in Hazardous Locations In hazardous locations I O Station power must be turned off before inserting removing module Failure to observe this precaution may result in personal injury system malfunction and or damage to the equipment ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 2 7 Description 2 BUS INTERFACE UNIT TERMINAL BLOCK The Bus Interface Unit provides terminals for power and ground connections Maximum wire size is 2 10 mm cross section AWG No 14 The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block also has eight input terminals for connection to a single or dual N80 bus These terminals accommodate up to two 2 10 mm AWG No 14 wires The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block contains bus switching circuitry permitting it to be used as a BSM Controller in a dual bus redundancy system A connecting cable is provi
147. be used The products are set to operate at 153 6 Kbaud standard when shipped from the factory The use of 153 6 Kbaud extended is recommended especially if the system will include a dual bus with Bus Switching Modules In noisy environments 153 6 Kbaud extended provides improved noise immunity with little effect on bus scan time If a system is experiencing excessive blinking of the bus controller s COMM OK light or if the I O blocks I O Enabled LEDs go off frequently 153 6 Kbaud extended should be used The baud rate selected should be indicated on all blocks especially if different busses in the facility use different baud rates Before connecting a Hand Held Monitor to a functioning bus check that it has been configured to the correct baud rate If not change the HHM baud rate selection turn off the HHM connect it to the bus then turn the HHM on ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page C Il The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 12 BUS AMBIENT ELECTRICAL INFORMATION 12 1 General Most capacitively and magnetically coupled noise shows up as common mode voltage on the bus The bus provides a 60 dB common mode rejection ratio A noise spike above 1000 volts would be required to corrupt the data The bus receivers filter out corrupted data and perform a 6 bit cyclic redundancy check to reject bad data Corrupted signals due to noise show up as missed data rather than incorrect data The bus continues operating to
148. blocks Bus Controllers and Hand Held Monitors Typical buses reserve one location for a Bus Controller and one for a Hand Held Monitor leaving 30 for additional devices The illustration below shows an Alspa C80 75 PLC connected to an N80 bus with I O blocks and two Alspa CE80 20 stations 46447 Alspa C80 75 PLC m Jej oJ1u02 sng o Hand Held Monitor Alspa N80 network Figure 1 3 N80 Network with Alspa CE80 20 stations simple example 51 TheHost CPU The N80 Bus Interface Unit is ideally suited for use with an Alspa 8000 PLC However any type of PLC or computer capable of controlling an N80 can be used as the host Possible hosts include computers equipped with a PCIM Personal Computer Interface Module QBIM Q Bus Interface Module or a third party GENI based interface module including several in DCS systems Page 1 8 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction 5 20 A More Complex Alspa CE80 20 and N80 System A more complex communications and control system is illustrated below In this system the Alspa CE80 20 stations and I O blocks on the l
149. ce Unit was 101024 all module inputs would need to be located between 101024 and 103072 Discrete references are assigned on byte boundaries ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 21 Station Configuration Module references are automatically assigned by the Bus Interface Unit based on its configured data addresses and the number of points appropriate for the module type For example S 1 I 16 I00001 100016 lt gt del zoom In the example illustrated above the Bus Interface Unit assigns 16 references beginning at I00001 to a 16 point input module In the same system the next discrete input module in the station would automatically be assigned references beginning at 100017 To edit the module s configuration press F4 zoom 8 2 Module Fault Reporting After zooming in from the reference address configuration screen configure whether or not the Bus Interface Unit will report faults from the module to the network controller S1 Report Faults YES prv gt tgl entr 1 Use the F1 previous key if you want to return to the previous screen 2 If you want to change the current selection press F3 tgl 3 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 4 Press F2 to go to the next screen Page 5 22 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 8 3 Default Inputs or Hold Last State Next configure
150. ch inputs are forced specify the number 0 in the datagram To read which outputs are forced specify 1 in the datagram To read forced input values specify 2 in the datagram To read forced output values specify 3 in the datagram In the BIU two force enable tables show which points are forced Two force values tables show the forced values Each table contains a byte of data for each byte of discrete data followed by a word of data for each channel of analog data For example if a BIU is configured to have 6 bytes of discrete input data and 8 channels of analog input data the input force enable table and input force value table would look like this Force Enabled Table Force Values Table Byte Description Byte Description No No 0 Ist 8 discrete inputs force enable 0 15 8 discrete inputs force values 1 2nd 8 discrete inputs force enable 1 2nd 8 discrete inputs force values 2 2 3 3 4 5 4 5 last 8 discrete inputs force enable 5 last 8 discrete inputs force values 6 7 Ist channel analog inputs force enable 6 7 Ist channel analog inputs force values 8 9 2nd channel analog inputs force enable 8 9 2nd channel analog inputs force values 10 11 10 11 12 13 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 3 16 17 18 19 8th channel analog inputs force enable 18 19 8th channel analog inputs force value Note that it is possible to have no discrete inputs or outputs or no analog inputs or outputs ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s
151. change S 4 AI AI Select table chg entr From this screen you can display the other data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed 5 4 AI AI 004 Select length chg entr Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration If you want to enter a different length for the displayed data type press F3 clear to clear the length field Enter the new length from the keypad If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR After entering the correct length the offset starting reference screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address in the selected table You can press F4 enter to accept this value or F3 clear then enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset S 4 AI AI 004 Ref Addr 01896 clr entr Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s discrete input diagnostic data S 4 I 1 032 101817 01904 lt gt chg entr You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key After you press the Enter key the asterisk disappears to show that the current values have been saved Next press F2 to go to the screen that shows the module s Q references which are for fault clearing S 4 Q Q 008 Q01817 01832 lt gt chg entr You can also edit this screen Use
152. channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 69 Station Configuration The following features are configured for each channel 16 4 2 Channel Active S 4 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns the value 0 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen 16 4 3 Units Next select the conversion type for each RTD tenths of degrees Fahrenheit tenths of degrees Celsius or tenths of Ohms S 1 CH1 UNITS DEG C lt gt tgl entr 1 Press toggle if you want to change the displayed type of units 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item Page 5 70 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 16 4 4 Units Ranges The following table shows the ranges for the types of units configured on this screen Notice that Tenths of Ohms units are unsigned Units Selected Integer Ranges Engineering Units Ranges Tent
153. commended torque is 1 20 Nm 9 in Ibs WARNING Explosion hazard When in hazardous locations turn off power before replacing the BIU Personal injury system malfunction and or damage to the equipment may occur Equipment labelled with reference to Class I Groups A B C and D Div 2 hazardous locations is suitable for use only in non hazardous locations or in Class I Div 2 Groups A B C and D locations Explosion hazard Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2 Page 3 18 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Installation 13 REMOVING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT FROM THE TERMINAL BLOCK 1 Power to the I O Station should be Off 2 Loosen the Bus Interface Unit retaining screws Be sure screws are fully disengaged Attempting to remove the module with screw s partially engaged may damage the equipment Do Not Tilt 06420 Mic Shs 3 Pull the Bus Interface Unit module straight away from the Terminal Block Do not tilt the Bus Interface Unit to remove it Attempting to remove the Bus Interface Unit at an angle may damage the equipment ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 19 Installation 14 REMOVING REPLACING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT FUSE If all the Bus Interface Unit LEDs go off it may be necessary to replace its fuse The fuse can be removed without disturbing any other parts of the station or
154. ction 6 Group Data Moves Worksheet Data Source Dest BIU Move Src Dest Data Data Source Dest BIU Move Src Dest Data Group Slot Slot Scans No Ref Ref Len Group Slot Slot Scans No Ref Ref Len 1 1 9 1 1 2 4 1 2 4 2 2 5le z s 5le z s 3 3 4 4 1 10 1 1 1 2 2 2 5 67 8 56 7 8 12 3 2 3 13 14 15 16 4 13 14 15 16 4 1 11 1 1 2 a 4 1 2 a sle zis 2 sle zis 2 3 2 3 1 14 15 16 4 1 14 15 16 4 1 12 1 1 2 a 4 1 2 a l4 2 2 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 12 3 2 3 13 14 15 16 4 13 14 15 16 4 1 13 1 1 2 a 4 1 2 4 2 2 5le z s 5le z s e offa 3 3 4 4 1 14 1 12 3 4 12 3 4 2 2 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 e hohe 3 e 3 13 14 15 4 13141516 4 1 15 1 1 2 a 4 1 2 a 4 slez s 2 slel7te 2 o 12 3 12 3 13114115116 4 13114115116 4 1 16 1 17234 1 2 3 4 slel7lel 2 sls 2 9 2 3 9 2 3 1314 15 16 4 1314 15 16 4 Page 5 104 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en 20 4 1 Set Up a Group Data Move To confi
155. d Analog Data Network and Local Processing and Group Data Moves In this I O Station there are discrete and analog I O modules and a Micro Field Processor Group Data Moves are used to transfer data within the I O Station This configuration allows all station inputs to be solved by the Micro Field Processor and all station outputs to be controlled by the Micro Field Processor The system controller for example a PLC will receive all station inputs If the Micro Field Processor stops providing outputs the system controller will assume control of all station outputs BIU Map 100001 100168 Q00001 Q00056 AI00001 AI00028 AQ00000 AQ00000 zero length Slot 1 synchronization is required Slot 1 Micro Field Processor IC670MFP100 Reference parameters zero length Slot 2 High level 16 Channel Analog Input Module Reference parameters zero length IC670ALG240 Slot 3 4 Channel RTD Input Module IC670ALG620 Reference parameters zero length Slot 4 8 Channel Thermocouple Input Module Reference parameters zero length IC670ALG630 Slot 5 16 Point 12 120 VAC Output Module 000041 00056 IC670MDL330 Group Move No 1 Source slot 2 Destination slot 0 move inputs from High level Analog Input module to BIU input tables All submoves can be set to default to either Yes or No Submove 1 Moves diagnostic bits Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100001 Length 11 bytes Submove 2 moves analog inputs Source
156. de Set Micro Field Processor Operating Mode 16 Point Grouped Analog Module Recalibration Datagram For Additional Information Also See The Bus Controller User s Manual for the PLC or computer which explains the specific programming used to send datagrams The ALS 52301 Alspa CE80 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual which describes N80 datagrams and data formats ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 1 Datagrams 1 DATAGRAM TYPES The table below shows the primary datagrams that may be acted upon by the Bus Interface Unit The table lists the types of device that can send each datagram and the resulting action taken by the Bus Interface Unit Datagram Type Read Identification Read Configuration Write Configuration Assign Monitor Begin Packet Sequence End Packet Sequence Pulse Test Clear Faults Set Status Table Address Force BSM Unforce BSM Switch BSM Set MFP Operating Mode Recalibrate Analog Module Read Map Write Map Set Operating Mode Read I O Forces Read Slot Diagnostics Subfunction Code 00 02 04 05 06 07 10 13 17 1A 1B 1C 21 21 2A 2C 39 40 42 Sent From BC HHM BC HHM BC HHM BC BC HHM BC HHM HHM BC HHM BC HHM BC HHM BC HHM BC BC BC BC HHM BC HHM BC BC BC Bus Interface Unit Action send Read ID Reply send Read Configuration Reply process pos
157. ded with each I O Terminal Block It is used to connect the Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block to the first I O Terminal Block The same type of cable interconnects subsequent I O Terminal Blocks The cable has moulded connectors that are keyed to assure proper orientation The Bus Interface Unit terminal block is designed to be extremely reliable it should not be necessary to replace or rewire it after installation The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block stores the configuration parameters for the station The Bus Interface Unit can be removed without removing the wiring or reconfiguring the station 46457 2 amp 38 e Terminals for amp power and amp I O Terminal Block communications Q C t ns onnectors Connecting e Cable amp 15 000000000 000000000 000000000 Figure 2 4 BIU terminal block connection Specifications for the Bus Interface Unit terminal block are listed in Section 3 Wiring information is in chapter 3 Page 2 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Description 3 FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Bus Interface Unit Reliability 24 VDC Power Supply Input Nominal Rated Voltage Voltage Range Power Inrush Current Power Supply Output To I O modules Holdup Time 115 VAC 125 VDC Power Supply Input Nominal Rated Voltage
158. dule Y 5 Send outputs from BIU tables to Synchronization modules Y 6 Move all inputs within BIU network map from BIU tables to the N80 communications buffers 7 Move all outputs within BIU network map from the N80 communications buffers to the BIU internal tables BIU Waits if MFP is busy Y 8 Read all reference input parameters from a Synchronization module Y 9 Read all group data to the BIU from a Synchronization module Y 10 Send all outputs to conventional modules Y 11 Send all reference parameter outputs to smart modules but not to a Synchronization module 12 Send all group data to all smart modules except Synchronization module Background Tasks Group Data is moved only during its configured BIU sweeps The tasks shown in shaded boxes are performed only if the I O Station includes a Synchronization module The Synchronization module is usually a Micro Fleld Processor The sweep of the Bus Interface Unit is the sequence of actions it executes repeatedly as long as the module is receiving power 2 1 BIU Reads Inputs from Conventional Modules The BIU first reads inputs from conventional I O modules The BIU combines input data with any corresponding forced data and puts it in its input data tables at the configured locations If a module fails to supply valid input data the BIU gener
159. e 26 27 Byte offset from the start of the selected BIU 42 43 Word LRC checksum of MFP ladder logic Page 8 26 table to put MFP AQ table data 0 255 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 4 Group Data Move Configuration Data Format Bytes 0 11 must be FF hex 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Byte 12 71615 413211 0 Byte 13 71615 413211 0 Byte 14 71615 413 211 0 Byte 15 71615 413 211 0 16 716 5 14132110 LSB 17 716 5 413 211 0 MSB Byte 18 71615 413 12110 Byte 19 71615 413 12110 Bytes 71615 1413 121110 20 26 Byte 27 71615 413 211 0 ALS 52307 BSM State read only BSM Present 1 yes 0 no BSM Controller 1 yes 0 BSM Forced 1 yes 0 no CPU Redundancy 00 no redundancy 01 Hot standby 10 Duplex 11 reserved Duplex Default Configuration Protection read only Serial Bus Address read only Baud Rate Code read only 0 153 6Kb ext 1 2 153 6 Kb std 2 76 8 Kb 3 3
160. e address in that table for that reference parameter The length is displayed in units that are appropriate for that data type AI and AQ are in words Q and I are in bits The asterisk indicates that this reference has not yet been defined If the present selection is acceptable press F4 enter to accept it The asterisk will disappear If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value press F3 change S 2 AI AI Select table tgl entr From this screen you can display the other BIU data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 49 Station Configuration 5 2 AI AI 008 Select length clrentr If you want to enter a different length for the displayed data type press F3 clear to clear the length field Enter the new length from the keypad If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR After entering the correct length the offset starting reference screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address in the selected table You can press F4 enter to accept this value or F3 clear then enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset 5 2 AI AI 008 RefAddr 00114 lt gt clr entr The 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module is an intelligent module which
161. e press F3 clear to clear the length field Enter the new length from the keypad If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR After entering the correct length the offset starting reference screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address in the selected table You can press F4 enter to accept this value or F3 clear then enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset S 2 AI AI 016 Ref Addr 00114 lt gt clr entr The 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module is an intelligent module which uses more than one type of data Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s discrete input diagnostic data S 2 I I 072 101152 01223 lt gt chg entr You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key The asterisk beside the data type disappears to show that the current values have been saved S 2 I 1 072 101152 01223 lt gt chg entr Next go to the screen that shows the module s discrete output references which are used for fault clearing 5 20 Q 016 000916 00931 gt chg entr You can also edit this screen Use the F4 enter key to save the selections and continue to the next item Note that all required references for the module must be entered You can give a reference parameter a length of zero if you do not want to map the data to the BIU If you a
162. e removed again Before the station is used its configuration should be protected CONFIG PROTECT Disable lt gt tgl entr 1 Ifthe selection shown on line 3 should be changed press F3 tgl Press entr 2 This is the last N80 Bus Interface Unit configuration screen 4 6 1 Tag Name Screen Display only Tag Name lt gt tgl entr 4 6 2 Review or continue configuration If you want to review or change any of the Bus Interface Unit configuration entries use the F1 lt key to return to the first Bus Interface Unit configuration screen If you want to continue to the next configuration screen press the F2 gt key ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 13 Station Configuration 5 CONFIGURE ALSPA CE80 20 MODULES Display the Bus Interface Unit configuration menu F1 N80 CONFIG F2 Module Config F3 Previous Menu From the Configuration Menu press F2 to configure the individual modules in the station 5 1 Enable Disable the I O Scan On the next screen you can enable or disable the Bus Interface Unit s I O scanning The Bus Interface Unit begins scanning I O as soon as it is powered up Disabling the I O scan will leave inputs and outputs holding their last states IO Scan ENABLED Prv gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the present selection press F3 tgl 2 Press entr If yo
163. e Bus Interface Unit checks it to be sure the data is error free and of the correct length The length must match the combined lengths of the discrete output data and analog output data that have been configured for the Bus Interface Unit s network I O map After verifying the accuracy of the data the Bus Interface Unit puts the data in its Q and Q tables and begins passing it to the output modules in the station Each discrete output module receives one byte of data for each eight circuits Each analog output module receives two bytes one word for each analog channel 4 4 2 Output Defaults On powerup all outputs go to their programmed default state except outputs which had previously been forced they go immediately to their forced state or value If CPU communications are lost for 3 bus scans all outputs that are not presently forced will either default or hold their last state as configured Conventional I O modules can have a configured output default value Intelligent modules default outputs are always zero ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 13 Operation 5 N80 BUS SCAN TIME The N80 bus scan time is dependent on the number of devices and amount of data traffic on the bus The bus scan time may vary from 3 400 ms but 20 30 ms is typical Bus Controllers impose a minimum N80 bus scan time of 3 ms Therefore N80 bus scan time can never be less than 3 ms The bus scan time contribut
164. e peak voltages measured will decline with distance along the cable from the transmitting station so different stations will have varying amplitudes The wave shape will also become more rounded with distance The minimum amplitude pulses seen during a 0 should exceed the receiver threshold Vr of 900 millivolts by 50 about 1 4 volts for best reliability An occasional pulse at or below the threshold may still not cause the bit to be missed due to a voting algorithm in the logic however Likewise no pulses greater than Vr should exist during logic 1 intervals Occasional extra pulses during this interval are also rejected by the logic Line reflections will show up as notch distortion during the pulse low level pulses during 1 intervals and their appearance is synchronized to the baud frequency These cause no problem if they do not cause violation of the amplitude criteria of the previous paragraphs The Serial 1 and Serial 2 lines should always have a termination resistor equal to the characteristic impedance of the cable connected at each extreme end When testing an Alspa CE80 15 block or other device using a Hand Held Monitor when no serial bus is present a terminating resistor will improve integrity 75 Ohms is recommended ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page C 5 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 5 USING OTHER CABLE TYPES The cable types listed in the preceding table are reco
165. e reference now being displayed I00001 1 B frc unfrc Indicates force 15 in effect Current state or value 100001 0 B frc unfrc 3 Press F3 force again Then use the HHM keypad to enter the force state or value 4 Use F4 unforce key from the same screen when you want to unforce the point Page 7 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 3 MONITOR CONTROL DATA ALSPA 8000 PLC If the host is an Alspa 8000 PLC I O data can be displayed in the PLC s reference tables The PLC s reference tables displays will include those portions of the PLC s I Q AI and AQ memory being used by a Bus Interface Unit In the reference tables for the PLC these inputs are displayed along with other system inputs When the programmer is attached to the PLC the programmer software can override or toggle the I O data and cause a change ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 7 7 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 4 MONITOR CONTROL I O DATA COMPUTER To utilize the Bus Interface Unit s I O data correctly a computer must know the sequence of modules in the station and the amount of input and output data each has For the PCIM QBIM and other GENI based interfaces the input and output data will occupy the Device Input and Output Tables at the segments associated with the ser
166. ect YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold outputs in their last states and supply that data to the module Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s outputs and supply that data to the module instead Note This selection has no effect if the BIU itself fails 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection If Hold Last State is set to NO the following screen appears S1 Out Def Pt O1 Number of the point 0010000010010101 at the cursor location lt gt tgl entr 3 On this screen select a default state 1 or 0 for each output 4 Use the cursor keys to select outputs Use the F3 toggle key to change the state of the output at the present cursor location 5 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 25 Station Configuration 9 3 Module Fault Reporting On the next screen configure whether or not the Bus Interface Unit will report faults from this module to the network controller S1 Report Faults YES lt gt entr 1 If you want to change the current selection press tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the entry Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen Page 5 26 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 10 CONFIGURE DISCRETE INPUT OUTPUT MODULE
167. ed by not using skipping a SBA resequencing SBAs in order along the bus going from 153 6 standard baud to the 153 6 extended or a lower baud rate Page 10 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 10 BUS LENGTH The maximum bus length for shielded twisted pair cable is 2250 meters 7500 feet Some cable types are restricted to shorter bus lengths In turn the bus length determines which baud rate may be selected If the application requires greater bus length fiber optics cable and modems can be used as explained later in this chapter 11 BAUD RATE SELECTION An Alspa CE80 15 I O or communications bus can operate at one of four baud rates 153 6 Kbaud standard 153 6 Kbaud extended 76 8 Kbaud or 38 4 Kbaud Follow these guidelines when selecting the baud rate for a bus 1 devices on a bus must operate at the same baud rate other busses in the system may operate at different baud rates 2 Ifthe cable length is between 1350 and 2250 meters 4500 and 7500 feet you must select 38 4 Kbaud This data rate only supports a maximum of 16 device on the bus 3 If the cable length is between 1050 and 1350 meters 3500 and 4500 feet select 76 8 Kbaud 4 If cable length is between 600 and 1050 meters 2000 and 3500 feet select 153 6 Kbaud extended 5 Ifthe cable length is less than 600 meters 2000 feet either 153 6 Kbaud standard or 153 6 Kbaud extended can
168. ed to both Bus A and Bus B and is configured as a bus switching device The Bus Interface Unit on the right which serves non critical I O modules is connected to Bus A only and is not configured as a bus switching device Bus A 46473 Bus B Figure 1 7 Redundant bus configuration second example A Bus Interface Unit can be located on a bus stub A Bus Interface Unit can also be located on a bus stub which is a short length of unterminated cable downstream of either an I O block Bus Switching Module combination or a Remote I O Scanner connected to a dual bus Because the bus stub cable itself is not redundant this type of installation does not provide as much protection as connecting directly to a dual bus The bus switching device to which the bus stub is connected can be another I O block with a Bus Switching Module attached as shown below or an Alspa C80 75 Remote I O Scanner In this example there are two Alspa CE80 20 stations installed on a bus stub Each is configured as BSM Present but not configured as a BSM Controller Bus A 46474 Bus B d T Im Switching Ho He Module x I O Block Acting as a Up to 7 Additional Devices on the Bus Stub BSM Controller
169. eet at the same device join the male and female ends see Figure 3 11 If a prefabricated cable will be at the end of the bus requiring termination as explained and you want to use a prefabricated terminating resistor make the cable installation so that a female connector will be located at the device where the cable will be terminated 46492 Mating Mating connectors connectors male female male female terminating connector connector connector connector resistor male din UC g Connect to Last Device Figure 3 11 Bus end cable Page 3 16 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Installation 11 3 3 Bus Connection for Critical Processes Bus connections are normally considered permanent They should never be removed while the bus is in operation the resulting unreliable data on the bus could cause hazardous control conditions If the bus controls critical processes that cannot be shut down the Terminal Block can be wired to the bus via an intermediate connector as shown below 46491 I U Q N T Q SHLD OUT SHLD IN Shi
170. eference Q00025 Destination reference Q00001 Length 2 bytes Group Move No 7 Source slot 1 Destination slot 0 move all outputs of MFP to BIU input tables ALI submoves are set to default to No Hold Last State Submove 1 Moves discrete inputs Source reference Q00001 Destination reference Q00001 Length 7 bytes Group Move No 8 Source slot 0 Destination slot 1 move all inputs from station in BIU tables to MFP input table Submove 1 Submove 2 ALS 52307 c en Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100001 Length 21 bytes Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100001 Length 56 bytes Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page D 5 Configuration Examples Example 5 Group Move An Alspa CE80 20 Station has an N80 BIU in slot 0 a Micro Field Processor in slot 1 and a Smart analog input module in slot 2 See appendix D for additional examples m In this example two group moves used to transfer the following data 855 E Group 1 from the Smart Analog Input Module to the Micro Field 28 Slot 0 The second byte of I data which contains diagnostic status information about the module is to be moved to MFP memory starting at I0017 Telslelelslslsis Also the second channel of analog input AT data is to be moved to MFP memory sta
171. eference for discrete input 1 data MSB Length of discrete input I data in bytes Starting reference of analog input AI data Length of analog input AI data in bytes Starting reference of discrete output Q data Length of discrete output Q data in bytes Starting reference of analog output AQ data Length of analog output AQ data in bytes 8 bit Additive Checksum Unused 16 bit LRC Critical Checksum lsb in 14 msb in 15 READ ONLY Alspa CE80 20 8 bit Additive Checksum Unused Alspa CE80 20 16 bit CRC Non Critical Checksum lsb in 17 msb in 18 READ ONLY Starting references in I AI Q and AQ memory are returned For each memory type a data length is also supplied If a length is zero the associated starting reference can be ignored it is not meaningful ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 3 Datagrams 4 WRITE MAP Subfunction Code 2C hex This datagram allows a CPU to change a previously configured or unconfigured BIU network map addresses if configuration is not currently protected The BIU s network map defines the BIU memory locations of the data that is exchanged on the bus Starting references in I AI and AQ memory are sent If any length is zero the associated starting reference is ignored it is not meaningful Byte No Byte Description 0 Not used 1 Starting reference for discrete input I data LSB 2 Starting reference for discrete input 1 da
172. el Page 5 96 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 19 2 2 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active its analog output data is processed and its alarm conditions are returned When a channel is configured as Inactive its output goes to OmA and its alarm conditions are not returned although any alarms that were already set can still be cleared using discrete output Q data S 1 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen 19 2 3 Scaling Range Scaling can be used to define a constant slope mapping from the value in engineering units sent by the BIU to a channel s output current The default scaling configuration selection 1 on this screen provides an output current range of 4 mA low span value to 20 mA high span value for engineering units values of 4000 to 20000 On this screen specify the default range used for scaling analog output data There are three predetermined range and data scaling combinations selections 1 2 and 3 5 1 CH1 DEF RNG 1 lt gt tgl entr The default is 1 Selections 1 or 2 have low span output current values which are greater than 3 5 mA and therefore enable an Open Wire diagnostic bit which is set whenever the output falls below approximately
173. eld Out G s NA p shield in S 51 Serial 2 Q WI Serial 1 e 9 69 Figure 3 12 Use of intermediate connector for critical processes Alternatively the wire ends can be soldered together before inserting them into the terminals When removing the Terminal Block cover the ends of the wires with tape to prevent shorting the signal wires to one another or to ground Both of these methods allow the Terminal Block to be removed while maintaining data integrity on the bus ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 17 Installation 12 INSTALLING THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT ON THE TERMINAL BLOCK 46455 End View Cable Slot P d a Connecting ES n dl Cable cross section S Figure 3 13 Installation of BIU on terminal block 1 Before installing a new Bus Interface Unit remove the cable slot knockout on the end of the module that will cover the connecting cable It can be removed with pliers or by pressing out from inside the module housing 2 Power to the I O Station should be OFF 3 install Bus Interface Unit on the terminal block position the module so that the cable slot in the module housing is over the connecting cable Press the module down firmly Excessive force may damage the equipment 4 After placing the Bus Interface Unit onto the terminal block tighten its screws to secure it Maximum re
174. engths must correspond to the memory assignments made for the Bus Interface Unit during PLC configuration The starting data addresses configured for the BIU network map and the I O modules in the station usually match the references configured for the PLC but that is not required The following table shows the maximum amount of each data type that may be configured in the network map and the highest reference address available for each type BIU Memory Used For Maximum Highest Available Type Length for Reference Address Network Map discrete inputs and status data from intelligent modules up to 1024 65535 contiguous bits discrete outputs and fault clearing for intelligent modules up to 1024 65535 contiguous bits analog inputs up to 64 9999 contiguous words analog outputs up to 64 contiguous words Data to be exchanged on the bus must use references configured here Any I O modules or portions of modules configured outside the network map will be scanned by the Bus Interface Unit but the data will not be exchanged on the N80 network bus The I O references of modules in the I O station are configured separately Individual I O modules may be configured anywhere within available memory It is possible to have inputs or outputs within the I O station that are not exchanged on the N80 bus that is data that is completely local to the I O station For example the I O station might include a Micro Field Processor performing local dat
175. ent I O modules Page 4 2 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Operation 11 Data for Conventional Modules Conventional I O modules provide or receive just one type of I O data sometimes referred to as reference data Normally this data is assigned to the data types shown below however any module s data can be assigned to any data type in BIU memory Type of Module Type of Data discrete inputs I analog inputs AI discrete outputs Q analog outputs AQ The BIU reads inputs from all conventional input modules and sends outputs to all conventional output modules during every sweep of operations Alspa CE80 20 Station 46539 Bus Interface Unit Conventional Discrete Input 4 pese Modules Al Conventional Analog Input AQ Modules A Conventional Discrete Output Reference Data Modules ___ Is Transferred Conventional Each BIU Sweep Analog Output Modules 1 2 T O Data Status Data and Control Data for Intelligent Modules Intelligent modules such as the Micro Field Processor Thermocouple RTD and other intelligent modules provide and receive multiple types of I O data This data is sometimes called reference parameters For example the 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module provides and receives the following types of data 4 16 two byte analog inputs for channel input data This data is normally configured to
176. eporting and to a Hand Held Monitor The N80 Bus Interface Unit can be used on a bus controlled by redundant CPUs or Bus Controllers It can also be used on a dual bus The Bus Interface Unit mounts on a Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block It can be removed and replaced if necessary without removing the wiring or reconfiguring the I O station 2 2 Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block which is included with the BIU has connections for power wiring and single or dual communications cables It has built in bus switching circuitry allowing the Bus Interface Unit to be used on a dual redundant N80 bus no external Bus switching Module is needed The Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block stores the configuration parameters selected for the station 2 3 I O Modules Alspa 80 20 I O Modules are available in many types to suit a wide range of application needs Modules can be installed and removed without disturbing field wiring One or two I O modules may be mounted on an I O Terminal Block 2 4 Micro Field Processor The Alspa 8000 Micro Field Processor is a Micro PLC that provides local logic within an Alspa CE80 20 station The Micro Field Processor is the same size as an Alspa CE80 20 I O module and occupies one of the eight available I O slots in an Alspa CE80 20 station features include Compatible with Alspa P8 programming software revision 6 01 or later Alarm processor
177. erial Bus Address SBA and the last SBA received The device will transmit after the time delay if no other start bits are detected first Thus each device takes turn in order of SBA Unused SBAs result in longer times between messages All devices must detect messages within this skip time delay A bus collision two sources transmitting simultaneously results if this sequence is missed The skip time value is equal to one bit period except on the 153 6 extended rate where it is two bit periods long The longer interval is useful to accommodate the longer propagation delays due to longer bus cables or when delays are introduced by fiber optic or other repeaters The worse case is when adjacent SBAs are physically located at opposite ends of a long bus For example assume SBA 4 and 6 are at one end of a 600 meters 2000 foot bus and SBAS at the other operating at 153 6 standard Kb When SBA 4 end character is detected SBA6 immediately starts timing 2 skip times 13 usec to start of it s transmission SBAS receives the end character 3 usec later and starts timing 1 skip time 6 5 usec Thus SBA 5 will start transmitting 9 5 usec after SBA 4 quit This allows 3 5 usec for the signal to get back to SBA6 to cancel it s transmission turn The 3 usec transmission delay leaves only 0 5 usec to do this and avoid a collision between 5 5 and 6 Bus collisions result in missing data or detected CRC errors Problems resulting from bus collisions can be fix
178. esent to be configured conventional I O modules do not have to be present 1 Slot Number refers to the location of the module in the station relative to the Bus Interface Unit See the illustration at left 2 If the slot has not already been configured after configuring the I O map the 3 HHM displays 4 S 1 Empty 5 lt gt tgl read 6 If the slot has previously been configured the HHM shows the existing d configuration For example 8 Figure 5 2 Module slot numbers S 1 Q 16 001785 001800 lt gt del zoom See the instructions on the next two pages to configure the slot Module Present Read Zoom to Module Present Read Enter to No Module Present configure configure or No Module Present Select Generic I O to Select Special I O to configure configure Analog 16 Point Grouped Input Module Analog 8 volt In Discrete Input 4 8 IC670ALG240 Analog 8 Point Voltage Input Analog 8 cur In Discrete Input 16 Module IC670ALG281 Analog 16 Point Voltage Input Module Analog 4 cur Out Discrete Output 4 8 IC670ALG282 Analog Voltage Output Module ESCP 8 Disc Out Discrete Output 16 IC670ALG310 Analog Current source Output Module Combo Disc 10 06 IC670ALG330 Analog RTD Input Module IC670ALG620 Analog Thermocouple Input Module IC670ALG630 Micro Field Processor IC670MFP100 ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 19 Station Configuration 7 1
179. essage is sent upon reaching the limit Alarms do not stop the process or change the value of the input Alarm limits can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the signal If alarm reporting is not wanted alarm limits can be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal so they will never be activated The units used for alarm limits are the same type entered on the Units screen hundredths of millivolts or tenths of degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit If units are subsequently changed alarm limits should be reviewed and adjusted if necessary 5 1 CH1 ALARM LO 00250 lt gt chg entr 1 Use change key if you want to change the Low Alarm Limit and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item Page 5 80 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 17 5 6 High Alarm Limit Next set the high alarm limit for a thermocouple The range is 32767 to 32767 The high alarm limit must be greater than the low alarm limit 5 1 CH1 ALARM HI 01400 lt gt chg entr 1 Use the change key if you want to change the High Alarm Limit and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 17 5 7 Reference Junction Compensation Specify how or whether the channel will perform cold junction compensation The choices are Local
180. f the output references If the MFP has not provided fresh output data for example if the MFP has stopped communicating with the BIU the outputs from the network are sent to the modules instead Note that this will not work if MFP outputs are configured to default instead of Hold Last State because selecting default causes the BIU to write default values into the output references at step 8 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 21 Operation 9 BACKING UP BIU OUTPUTS WITH A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR The Micro Field Processor can take over control of outputs normally provided from the network by the Bus Interface Unit if those outputs become unavailable This technique requires the addition of ladder logic to the application program To create this backup capability for one or more modules do the following 1 Configure the module outputs to the Bus Interface Unit outside of the BIU s network map that is the data exchanged with the bus but within the I O range of the MFP For example sng 08N LINN 39 V3H3LINI SNE 02 0839 VdSTV Network Map ae 900001 000024 BIU References Assigned to Module Outputs Q00025 Q00040 EE amp BIU References Assigned to Micro Field Processor 900001 000024 Q00025 Q00040
181. fault report to the host If the module is configured for Hold Last State the BIU holds the module s data at its last valid state If the module is configured to default its inputs the BIU places zeros in the module s assigned references for all inputs that are not forced Any forced inputs retain their forced states 2 4 BIU Sends Group Data to Synchronization Module If a module usually a Micro Field Processor has been configured as a Synchronization module the BIU next transfers group data assigned to be sent to it during that sweep 2 5 BIU Sends Reference Parameters to a Synchronization Module If a module has been configured as a Synchronization module the BIU next sends its reference parameter data from BIU tables 2 6 MoveInput Data to the Communications Buffer The BIU then moves all current discrete and analog input values presently in its network map into a memory buffer in preparation for transmitting them on the N80 bus 2 7 Move Output Data from the Communications Buffer After moving the inputs into the communications buffer the BIU moves newly received output data from the communications buffer It combines this data with any existing forced discrete output states and analog values and places the combined data in its discrete 0 and analog output memories as defined in the BIU I O map If the BIU is not receiving outputs from the bus it sets mapped output references for conventional modules to their default h
182. ferences for MFP data use the cursor F1 F2 keys to go through the available MFP data types On the example screen below the displayed MFP data type is Q discrete outputs If a data type has not been configured or if it has been configured with a length of zero the display indicates that it is not assigned Currently selected MFP Unassigned data type lt gt chg entr Note that data from the BIU to the Micro Field Processor s discrete output Q table will always start at Q00001 within the Micro Field Processor as shown on the HHM screen above MFPQI Similarly data from the Micro Field Processor discrete input I table to the BIU will always come from the MFP starting at I00001 which is indicated on the HHM as MFPI1 If you do not want any reference parameters for a Micro Field Processor if you are using Group Moves to transfer all data between the MFP and the BIU you must still configure at least one reference parameter with a length of zero The reference parameter configured with the zero length will show as unassigned To assign references to the presently displayed data type press the F3 change key the screen displays S 7 MFPQ1 LI Currently selected table Select table in BIU lt gt chg entr The upper right corner of the screen shows the BIU table type for the data On the screen above it is the discrete input I table Normally the same data type is used in both the MFP and the BIU Use the
183. for filtering are A None The module returns the most recent sample of the input B 10 ms The module averages the most recent 8 samples of the input C 20 ms The module averages the most recent 16 samples of the input The module will perform filtering on all inputs on the module that are configured as active 5 2 FILTERING 20MS lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen 15 4 Configure the Line Frequency Next set the line frequency for the module Select 50 or 60 Hz Disturbances due to AC noise cause variations around the desired DC level The amplitude of these variations can be reduced by configuring the rate at which the module scans inputs for the operating frequency If the line frequency is configured at 60 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 04 milliseconds If the line frequency is configured at 50 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 25 ms S 2 LINE FREQ 60 HZ lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the first circuit configuration screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 61 Station Configuration 15 5 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit co
184. ge 8 12 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 71615 413 121110 LSB 1 Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB Q Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB AI Reference Address or all zeros MSB LSB AQ Reference Address or all zeros MSB unlabelled bits must be 0 Output Default or Hold Last State O default 1 hold last state Fault Reporting 0 enabled 1 disabled reserved must be 0 Circuit Configuration For each circuit content is 716 15 41312110 unlabelled bits not used Output Default State 0 2 off 1 2 on Byte Description Byte No Byte Description Circuit 1 Configuration 22 Circuit 9 Configuration Circuit 2 Configuration 23 Circuit 10 Configuration Circuit 3 Configuration 24 Circuit 11 Configuration Circuit 4 Configuration 25 Circuit 12 Configuration Circuit 5 Configuration 26 Circuit 13 Configuration Circuit 6 Configuration 27 Circuit 14 Configuration Circuit 7 Configuration 29 Circuit 15 Configuration Circuit 8 Configuration 29 Circuit 16 Configuration Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 3 6 Discrete Combination Input Output Modules Configurat
185. ge at full load is 20 Amps peak for 3 ms To determine specific system requirements Determine total output load from typical specifications listed for individual modules Use the appropriate graph of input power above to determine average input power Divide the input power by the operating source voltage to determine the input current requirements Use the lowest input voltage to determine the maximum input current Allow for start up surge current requirements Start up surge current levels are a function of source impedance and therefore are installation dependent Start up surge currents can vary for approximately 3 ms For the 24 VDC Bus Interface Unit variance is between 25 A and 50 A For the 115 VAC 125 VDC Bus Interface Unit start up surge current is 20 A maximum peak 1 6 BusInterface Unit Power Dissipation The Bus Interface Unit power dissipation can be determined once the backplane current supplied to the I O modules is known The following equation can be used to calculate BIU power dissipation BIU Power Dissipation Input Power total backplane current x 6 5 volts For example A Total backplane current 0 5 Amps B Typical Input power 7 7 Watts Therefore Power Dissipation 7 7 W 0 5 x 6 5 4 45 Watts ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 2 5 Description 1 7 Load Requirements for Hardware Components The table below shows the DC l
186. ge immunity capabilities specified in chapter 1 This is most likely in outdoor installations or where the power source is from another building or ground system It is prudent to provide local transient protection Note MOVs do a good job of absorbing transients on communications control and power lines provided the total energy of those transients does not exceed the rating of the device However if the energy of the transient exceeds the rating of the device the MOV may be either damaged or destroyed This failure may not be visibly or electrically evident MOVs should be regularly inspected for signs of damage to assure continued protection against transients For some applications periodic replacement of critical MOVs is recommended even if they do not show signs of damage 1 SUPPRESSION AT THE POWER LINES Protection can be provided by connecting higher energy MOVs across the power lines for instance between Hot and Neutral and from line to frame ground safety ground This triangular configuration requires three MOVs for each long power feed If the total power feed length is about 30 meters 100 feet or less one set of MOVs should be enough for any number of devices The MOVs used should be able to handle most line transients Measurement of actual transients may be required in extreme cases to decide what MOVs to use ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page B 1 Installing Additional Suppres
187. grammer software being used With a Bus Controller that is version 4 6 or later when a fault occurs on an Alspa CE80 20 station the I O Fault Table shows the station ID and the rack and slot within the station where the fault has occurred 1450 4 Serial Bus Address Rack Slot If the Bus Controller is only a rev 3 version it cannot transfer to the PLC the detailed fault information provided by a Bus Interface Unit Instead a rev 3 Bus Controller reports any fault from a remote station as a GENA fault To clear the fault table press the Clear key You must clear the I O Fault Table from the programming software for the fault to be cleared in the PLC CPU and for the associated fault contact to be cleared Clearing faults with a Hand Held Monitor alone does not remove them from the Fault Table or cause any associated FAULT contacts to stop passing power flow Clearing the Fault Table at the PLC causes the Bus Controller to send a Clear Circuit Faults background message to all blocks on the bus Faults can be cleared from the Fault Table either from the fault table display or by the application program Clearing the fault table removes the faults it contains it does not clear fault conditions in the system If the condition that caused a fault still exists and is detected the fault will be reported again Note If faults are cleared from the PLC before the BIU has received outputs from the PLC some faults such
188. gth for the displayed data type press F3 clear to clear the length field Enter the new length from the keypad If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR After entering the correct length the offset starting reference screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address in the selected table You can press F4 enter to accept this value or F3 clear then enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset S 4 AI AI 016 Ref Addr 01896 lt gt clr entr The 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module is an intelligent module which uses more than one type of data See Subsection 20 4 for more information Use the F2 key to display the screen for the module s discrete input diagnostic data S 4 I 1 088 101817 01904 lt gt chg entr You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key The asterisk beside the data type disappears to show that the current values have been saved 5 4 I 1 088 101817 01904 lt gt chg entr Next go to the screen that shows the module s discrete output references which are used for fault clearing S 4 Q Q 016 Q01817 01832 lt gt chg entr Page 5 42 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration You can also edit this screen Use the enter key to save the selections and continue to the
189. guration 18 CONFIGURE AN 8 POINT ANALOG VOLTAGE OUTPUT MODULE S1 ALG310 1 0 lt gt delzoom EI NEN 51 1 024 100001 00016 FA F2 Y S1 AQ AQ 008 000001 00008 4 2 Y S1 Q Q 016 Q00001 00016 F4 F2 y S1 Module l DEFAULT ZERO F2 Y F1 S1 Network gt AQ DEFAULT ZERO Fo 1 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO Foy 51 LOC DEF OUT ZERO F2 Y F1 For HHM version 4 8 or above this channel 1 CH1 CONFIG F4 1 CH 1 ACTIVE F2 Fi 51 CH1 DEF RNG F2 y 51 CH1 ENGL 10000 F2 y Fl 51 CH1 ENG 10000 F2 Y Fal 51 CH1 SPAN L 10000 F2 E 51 CH1 SPAN H 10000 F2 A F1 Repeat for other channels F2 For HHM version 4 8 or above press F1 from Channel Active screen or Up Menu key to go to Channel Config screen ALS 52307 selection menu appears S 1 ALG310 1 0 lt gt del zoom 18 1 Assign I O References for the Module When you zoom into the module s slot a screen like this appears Backplane Slot S 1 I I 024 Default data length 100257 100280 Default BIU data type Next available lt gt chg entr reference This I O reference assignment screen shows the length and the next available reference address for each data type in BIU memory The 8 Point Analog Current Output Module is an intelligen
190. gure one or more Data Groups begin at the Main Menu for the BIU Fl Monitor F2 Configuration From this menu press F2 Configuration This menu appears F1 N80 CONFIG F2 Module Config More Press F3 to display the next configuration screen Fl Grp Data Move F2 Previous Menu More Press F1 to display the first Group Data Move configuration screen Grp Data Move 01 lt Group at Cursor NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Location Each N or Y represents a potential Group Data move lt gt del zoom Station Configuration On this screen each of the 16 potential Data Groups is represented by a letter N no moves are defined for that group or Y for Yes at least one move is defined in the group The number of the Data Group indicated by the cursor also appears in the upper right corner of the screen Move the cursor under the number of a group to set up and press F4 zoom 20 4 2 Identify the Source and Destination Device The HHM is now ready to configure the parameters for the Group ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 105 Station Configuration Group Move 1 0 Source Slot 0 lt gt The number in the upper right corner of the HHM screen shows the group number 1 in the example above The 0 indicates the slot definition For each group move the BIU can move data in one direction to or from any inte
191. h adequate cooling airflow Modules can be mounted in any orientation without derating the temperature specification They can be installed in a linear stack as shown on the left in the following illustration using the short connection cables provided with each I O Terminal Block An optional 0 53 meter 21 inch cable IC670CBL 002 is also available Only one 21 cable can be used per Alspa 80 20 station of the I O Terminal Blocks in a group must be connected either at the top or the bottom of the Bus Interface Unit BIU in the illustration A Bus Interface Unit may not be connected between I O Terminal Blocks GE 46405 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 5 Installation 7 INSTALLING THE DIN RAIL Alspa CE80 20 Terminal Blocks must be mounted on a 7 5 mm x 35 mm DIN rail The rail must have a conductive unpainted finish for proper grounding For best vibration resistance the DIN rail should be installed on a panel using
192. he I O station and between the I O station and the N80 bus The BIU scans the I O modules in the station exchanges data with the host and can manage the exchange of data between a Micro Field Processor and other modules in the station In addition to its regular I O scanning capabilities the BIU can also selectively transfer specific data groups from one intelligent module in the station to another All of the data for the I O station whether it is data that is exchanged on the N80 bus or local data utilizes the BIU s four I O data memories The BIU has 256 bytes of memory available for each of the four types of data discrete inputs and outputs data types I and Q and analog inputs and outputs data types AI and AQ During BIU configuration data for individual modules is assigned to specific areas of this memory BIU Memory Typically Used For Amount Highest Available Type Available in Reference Address Designation BIU I discrete inputs and status data from intelligent 256 bytes 65535 modules Q discrete outputs and fault clearing for intelligent 256 bytes 65535 modules AI analog inputs 256 bytes 9999 analog outputs 256 bytes 9999 Data can be configured anywhere within the BIU s available memory If the data will be exchanged on the network bus data must be assigned to contiguous memory locations as explained later The following paragraphs describe the types of data the BIU exchanges with conventional I O modules and intellig
193. hs of Degrees F or C 327161 to 32767 3276 7 o 3276 7 Tenths of Ohms 0 to 65535 0 Ohms to 6553 5 Ohms 16 5 RTD Type Select the RTD type that most closely matches the RTD used on that channel The table below has more information about RTD categories S 1 1 RTD TYPE 100 PT 385 lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the F3 toggle key if you want to change the displayed RTD type 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item Selection Comments Selection Comments Selection Comments 10 PT 10 Ohm Platinum PT 100 PT 3916 100 Ohm Platinum 100 NI 618 100 Ohm Nickel At 0 0 003916 0 C 01343760 0 0 00618 25 25 Ohm Platinum IPTS 68 IK PT 375 1 KOhm Platinum 120 NI 672 120 Ohm Nickel at 0 0 00375 0 C 0 0 00672 25 5 392 25 5 Ohm Platinum 10 10 Ohm Copper at 604 NI FE 604 Ohm 0 0 00392 at 0 C Lab Std 25 C IPTS 68 518 Nickel Iron at 0 C 0 0 00518 100 385 100 Ohm Platinum 9 035 CU 427 9 035 Ohm Copper IK NI FE 527 1 KOhm Nickel Iron DIN43760 0 0 00385 at 25 C 0 00427 at 70 F 0 00527 100 PT 3902 100 Ohm Platinum 50 CU 427 50 Ohm Copper 500 OHM Select UNITS of 1 10 a 0 003902 0 0 00427 Ohms 100 392 100 Ohm Platinum 100 CU 427 100 Ohm 3000 OHM Select UNITS of 1 10 0 0 00392 IPTS 6 8 0 0 00427 Ohms 100PT 3923 98 13 Ohm Platinum 100 NI 100 Ohm Nickel 0 0 003923 IPTS 68
194. ial bus address of the Bus Interface Unit Tables Input Table 32 segments 128 bytes each Output Table 32 segments 128 bytes each The Bus Interface Unit automatically sends all discrete inputs followed by all analog inputs from the station each bus scan The PCIM or QBIM places this data into its Input Segment The application program must read the Input Segment to obtain the input data from the PCIM or QBIM Input Table Segment for a Bus Interface Unit Discrete Inputs Bits number of bytes configured I length 8 Analog Input Words number of bytes configured AI length X 2 The Output Segment is used similarly The application program must send to the PCIM or QBIM s Output Segment all the discrete outputs followed by all the analog outputs for the station The PCIM or QBIM will automatically direct the outputs to the Bus Interface Unit each bus scan Page 7 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Chapter Datagrams This chapter lists datagrams that can be sent to a Bus Interface Unit and shows the datagrams for Alspa CE80 20 modules that are different from the formats used by other modules It also shows the format of configuration data for the Bus Interface Unit and the modules in the station Datagram Types Read Map Read Map Reply Write Map Report Fault Datagram Format Configuration Data Set Bus Interface Unit Operating Mo
195. ignored This filtering and the high input threshold of the comparators are highly effective in rejecting both random impulse noise and low level line reflections Finally a CRC 6 checksum check is performed before the data is sent to the local processor not shown Page C 2 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus N80 Transceiver Electrical Specification Property Min Max Normal peak voltage Vp into 78 ohm terminated cable 1 3 5 volts 5 5 volts Normal peak voltage Vp into 150 ohm terminated cable 1 6 0 volts 9 5 volts Rated bus impedance 2 78 ohms 150 ohms Maximum output voltage SER 1 and 2 open 3 Peak 35 volts RMS 15 volts Maximum output current SER 1 and 2 shorted together Peak 180 milliamp RMS 50 milliamp Transmitter source resistance 80 ohms 140 ohms Transmitter source inductance transformer leakage inductance 10 microhenrys Receiver input threshold Vr Vr 4 0 7 volt 1 1 volt Receive mode input impedance 10 K ohm Receive mode load inductance transformer shunt inductance 6 millihenrys 12 millihenrys Receiver common mode rejection DC to 1 MHz 60 dB Shield capacitor termination 0 1 microfarad Isolation serial bus to circuit continuous 240 volts AC 1 Vp may vary among various module types 2 Rated load is half cable impedance when termination is included 3 Peak open circuit voltage contains underdamped ringing due to lack of termination 4 Input
196. iguration files of intelligent modules may exceed the 128 byte maximum length of a N80 message Therefore any Write Configuration to an intelligent module must be contained within a Begin End Packet Sequence The BIU rejects any Write Configuration message for an intelligent module that does not follow a Begin Packet message Write Configuration for an intelligent module may be packetized by using the upper nibble of the slot byte to indicate a packet number Data for packets greater than zero is assumed to have an offset with a slot configuration of packet number 128 Therefore all packets except the last must have 128 bytes Note that all reserved or unused bits must be 0 ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 17 Datagrams 6 3 9 1 Configuration Data for Intelligent Modules Bytes 0 to 13 The first 13 bytes of configuration data for intelligent modules have the content shown below Each intelligent module has additional configuration data listed on the following pages Byte Meaning Intelligent Analog Modules 1 670 Micro Field Processor IC670MFP100 ALG ALG ALG ALG ALG ALG ALG 240 281 282 310 330 620 630 0 intelligent module board ID 1Fh 1 reserved must be 0 0 2 unique module identifier 1 8 7 6 3 2 3 4 3 reserved must be 0 0 4 reference types word 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 bit 0 2 1 means
197. in ALSTOM gives no warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose shall apply In this publication no mention is made of rights with respect to trademarks or tradenames that may attach to certain words or signs The absence of such mention however in no way implies there is no protection Partial reproduction of this document is authorized but limited to internal use for information only and for no commercial purpose However such authorization is granted only on the express condition that any partial copy of the document bears a mention of its property including the copyright statement rights reserved Copyright 2000 ALSTOM Paris France Page 2 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Revisions b 06 1998 Adding Micro Field Processor Appendix C characteristics of bus cable Appendix D configuration examples 05 2000 Adding IC670ALG88 1 882 e IC670MMD441 e Subsection 1 9 Chapter 2 Hot Insertion ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 Revisions Page 4 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Preface This manual describes the Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit CE670GBI002 It explains operation of the Bus Interface Unit as an Alspa N80 network device It also contains complete configuration instructions for the Bus Interface Unit and all 80 20 I O modules 1 CONTENT OF T
198. in byte 16 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 18 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 20 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 22 low alarm limit Isb in byte 24 high alarm limit Isb in byte 26 Input 2 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 30 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 32 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 34 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 36 low alarm limit Isb in byte 38 high alarm limit Isb in byte 40 Input 3 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 44 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 46 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 48 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 50 low alarm limit Isb in byte 52 high alarm limit Isb in byte 54 Input 4 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 58 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 60 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 62 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 64 low alarm limit Isb in byte 66 high alarm limit Isb in byte 68 Byte No 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 A
199. include a Micro Field Processor performing local data processing 4 23 Communications on the N80 Bus After a Bus Interface Unit completes a successful login with the host it begins sending input data on the bus and accepting output data from the bus The BIU communicates on the bus repetitively and asynchronously When the BIU receives the N80 bus communications token it sends the most recent data from the configured portion of its I and AI memories on the bus As mentioned these memories are repeatedly updated whenever the Bus Interface Unit scans the input modules in the station The Bus Interface Unit receives new outputs from the host when the host s bus controller has the communications token It places these outputs into the configured portion of its Q and AQ output tables These outputs are then passed to the devices in the station on the BIU s next I O scan ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 11 Operation 4 3 Input Data Sent by the Bus Interface Unit When the Bus Interface Unit takes its turn on the bus it sends one input data message containing the latest values for all configured discrete inputs followed by all configured analog inputs Because they are broadcast like all N80 inputs they can be obtained by any Bus Controller on the bus Input Data Message up to 128 bytes 10488 wy discrete inputs analog inputs To CPU Configured Length Configured Al Length s
200. ion Data Format Specify the actual slot number and a length of 20 Entering the Reference Addresses The reference addresses are the locations in the BIU s I Q AI or AQ memory used by the module s data In this module configuration only the input reference is the first non zero entry WITHOUT the corresponding bit set in byte 12 see below The output reference is the first non zero entry WITH the corresponding bit set In byte 12 bits 4 5 6 and 7 define the input reference For example if bit 6 of byte 12 is set to 1 and a reference is specified in bytes 8 and 9 inputs for the module will be mapped to the AI table Note that the entries must correspond properly or the BIU will reject the module configuration In a normal configuration for a combination discrete module inputs go to the I table and outputs go to the Q table In that case you enter the input reference in bytes 4 5 and the output reference in bytes 6 7 and set bit 4 of byte 12 to 1 All other reference address bytes and other input reference bits in byte 12 must be set to zero Bytes 0 to 3 must be 21 hex 0 0 0 Byte 4 LSB i 5 1 1 7 us I Reference Address or all zeros Byte 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB Byte 7 7 ol 5 al 3 2 1 ol MSB Q Reference Address or all zeros Byte 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB Byte 9 7 6l s 4 3 2 1 0 MSB AI Reference Address or all zeros 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 110 LSB
201. ion for Alspa 80 20 station depends on its I O data usage The table below shows the scan time contribution at each baud rate for stations with a total of 16 32 64 128 and 256 bytes when the Bus Interface Unit receives outputs from only one bus controller at a time To find the exact scan time contribution for a station follow the procedure below Total Amount of Input and Contribution time in ms at each baud rate Output Data for CE80 20 Station 153 6 Kb 153 6 Kb 76 8 Kb 38 4 Kb std ext 16 bytes 2 09 2 16 3 83 7 16 32 bytes 3 24 3 31 6 12 11 74 64 bytes 5 52 5 60 10 69 20 89 128 bytes 10 10 10 17 19 85 39 20 256 bytes fully loaded 19 25 19 32 38 15 75 80 Table 4 1 Alspa CE80 20 contribution to N80 scan time 5 1 Procedure for Estimating Bus Scan Time for an Alspa CE80 20 Station 1 Find the total number of input bytes and output bytes Each analog channel is 2 bytes Eight discrete points are one byte number of input bytes z number of output bytes total bytes 2 With this total calculate a scan time contribution using the formula below that corresponds to the N80 bus baud rate Formula for 153 6 Kbaud Standard 0 943ms 0 0715 x total bytes ms Formula for 153 6 Kbaud Extended 1 015ms 0 0715 x total bytes ms Formula for 76 8 Kbaud 1 538ms 0 143 x total bytes ms Formula for 38 4 Kbaud 2 583ms 0 286 x total bytes ms Page 4 14 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit Use
202. irst 16 Flts F2 Last 16 Fits F3 Previous Menu change data type F3 F1 Monitor I O E F2 Faults E F3 Previous Menu 10001 0 B vs frc hex F1 F2 Y Report Faults YES change offset F1 F2 F2 y Slot1 Fault 01 HM BS CONFIG MISMATCH resent F1 change I O type F4 F2 BSM Controller F2 Y F1 CPU Redundancy Hot Stby Mode F2 F1 CONFIG PROTEC Disable F1 F2 y Tag TEMP ame F2 slot not configured iri F4 read SI Mod Type Discrete Out 16 ALS 52307 2 In IO Scan ENABLED o Fey etwork ENABLED 1 2 Y Blk Map Start 100001 F1 2 Y Blk Map Lngth 64 A F1 Y Start Length for Q Start Length for Start Length for AQ ev Map has changed Accept A F1 F2 moves cursor through modules F2 Previous Menu F1 F1 Y Grp Data Move 01 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN F4 7 Group Move 1 0 Source Slot 0 F1 F2 y Group Move 1 0 Dest Slot 7 F2 y F1 Group Move 1 Src Ref AI0009 F2 y F1 Group Move 1 Des Ref 00002 F1 F2 Y Group Move Byte Len 032 F1 Y Source and Dest Slot amp Ref for Moves 2 3 4 in Group F2 Y Move Deflt YYYY F2 y Sweep Enab
203. is used to read configuration data The datagram format is different for conventional Alspa CE80 20 modules or intelligent modules 6 1 1 Read Configuration Data Format for Alspa CE80 20 Conventional Modules Byte No Description 0 Slot number 1 Length will return minimum 6 bytes to maximum 128 bytes specific amount requested It can be more or less than the configured size for the slot If more data is requested than is available for a slot the extra data bytes will contain zeros 6 1 2 Read Configuration Datagram Format for Alspa CE80 20 Intelligent Modules Configuration data for the BIU and other intelligent modules is transmitted in packets Depending on the module type there can be many packets Each packet can be up to 128 bytes long Byte No Description 0 Slot number in bottom nibble Intelligent Packet in upper nibble Examples 01 reads packet 0 of intelligent module in slot 1 11 hex reads packet 1 of intelligent module in slot 1 Length in bytes maximum per packet is 128 2 optional If the slot number is 0 the location of the BIU and this byte is not included or if it is set to FF hex the BIU configuration is returned If this byte is set to O1 hex through 10 hex the appropriate group information is returned ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 7 Datagrams 6 2 Read Configuration Reply Data Subfunction Code 03 hex This datagram is a reply
204. k power or Block faulty Table 2 1 BIU LEDs signalling Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Description 1 2 Bus Interface Unit Power Supply The 24 VDC power supply in the Bus Interface Unit provides power for the Bus Interface Unit itself and logic power for all I O modules that may potentially be installed at that station External power must be supplied for bus wiring of input and output devices The power supply is not damaged by either of the following Reversing input voltage on terminals 1 and 2 Temporary overcurrent conditions on the 6 5 VDC output 1 3 Timing The Bus Interface Unit provides power to all I O modules that are installed at the station I O module operation is governed by a System Reset signal to ensure controlled operation during the power up and shut down processes As shown in the timing diagram below momentary power losses of less than 10 ms for 24 VDC BIU or 20 ms for 115 VAC 125 VDC BIU do not affect I O module operation Longer power losses generate a Reset for all system I O modules 46456 Input Power On Input Power Off Momentary Power 24 VDC Nominal TOP Dec or 115 VAC Nominal Voltage Voltage Overshoot Overshoot 5 max 5 max 6 5 V Output 4 Y 4 95 min Hold Hold Up me Up 4 Time Time Minimum 10 ms for 24 VDC BIU 1 7 200 ms 20 ms for
205. l Description RTD type for input 1 0 10 Ohm Pt L amp N 1 25 Ohm Pt IPTS 68 2 25 5 Ohm Pt at 0 deg C Lab Std alpha 0 00392 3 100 Ohm Pt DIN43760 alpha 0 00385 4 100 Ohm Pt Burns Special alpha 0 003902 5 100 Ohm Pt IPTS 68 alpha 0 00392 6 98 13 Ohm Pt SAMA RC21 4 alpha 0 003923 7 100 Ohm Pt JISC 1604 81 alpha 0 003916 8 1K Ohm Pt alpha 0 00375 9 10 Ohm Cu at 25 deg C IPTS 68 10 2 9 035 Ohm Cu at 25 deg C alpha 0 00427 11 2 50 Ohm Cu alpha 0 00427 12 100 Ohm Cu alpha 0 00427 13 100 Ohm Ni IPTS 68 14 100 Ohm Ni at 0 deg C DIN43760 alpha 0 00618 15 120 Ohm Ni at 0 deg C alpha 0 00672 16 604 Ohm Ni Fe at 0 deg F alpha 0 00518 17 1K Ohm Ni Fe at 70 deg F alpha 0 00527 18 500 Ohm span requires conversion type 0 19 3000 Ohm span requires conversion type 20 Wire type for input 1 0 2 3 wire 1 2 4 wire Low Alarm for input 1 32767 to 32767 High Alarm for input 1 32767 to 32767 Offset for input 1 0 to 32767 Ch 2 parameters Ch 3 parameters Ch 4 parameters ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 3 9 6 Additional Configuration Data for a Thermocouple Input Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 187 for a Thermocouple module IC670ALG630 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes O to 13 Byte 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3
206. l bus address must have been configured for the Bus Interface Unit on the Program Block ID screen An overview of these menus is shown on the next page This is the HHM s Main Menu for Alspa 80 20 Fl Monitor F2 Configuration From this menu press F2 Configuration This menu appears F1 N80 CONFIG F2 Module Config F3 Previous Menu From this menu you can Press Fl to configure the N80 Bus Interface Unit Instructions begin on the page 5 8 Press F2 to configure the individual modules in the station Instructions begin on page 5 21 Press F4 to display the next configuration screen Fl Grp Data Move F2 Previous Menu More Page 5 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 HHM Menu Overview UTILITIES FZ ANALYZE F3 CONFIGURATION F4 DEVICE MEMORY F2 Station Configuration F1 MONITOR BLOCK F2 MNTR CNTL REF F3 BLOCK BUS STS F4 PULSE TEST F2 CONFIG BLOCK F1 PROG BLOCK ID F3 COPY CONFIG F4 F1 F2 F2 F1 Monitor gt F2 Configuration F2 Alspa CE80 20 Monitor I O Screens Alspa CE80 20 Configuration Screens F1 Grp Data Move F1 N80 Config F4 more F2 Module Config F1 F1 F1 M t Device SBA 20 F2 y Baud Rate 153 6k std F4 Ape Stat Tb Addr 0001 key F1 F2 F1 F
207. l set the output to its configured ON or OFF Duplex Default State which must be configured for all outputs in the station If either Device Number 30 or 31 stops sending outputs to a device its outputs are directly controlled by the remaining device If both 30 and 31 stop sending outputs the outputs in the station either default to their programmed default state not the Duplex Default State or hold their last state as configured 3 Press F4 entr If you selected Duplex the following screen appears Duplex Default OFF gt tgl entr In Duplex Redundancy mode if the Bus Interface Unit may receive different output states for given points from the two CPUs If that happens the Bus Interface Unit breaks the tie by outputting the Duplex Default State to those points If you want to go to the next screen without making a change press F2 gt 2 To change the Duplex Default state press F2 tgl 3 Press F4 entr to save the new selection If the Bus Interface Unit loses communications with BOTH CPUS individual outputs go to their configured Hold Last State or Output Default State This selection is part of the individual modules configurations Page 5 12 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 4 6 Select Configuration Protection This feature can be used to protect the station configuration To make subsequent changes protection must b
208. lah He tps 5 96 19224 o das M scc ertet tss bo ocd 5 97 192 3 Scaling Range ore ER eben PRIME SEU MER eret 5 97 19 24 Qutput Scaling eres eb peu eed idee ele RA S LAG CS 5 98 19 3 Custom Scaling ioo ese RI edet n gre e eb it dap ale ade Pepe 5 98 20 CONFIGURE A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR 5 101 20 1 Configure the Reference Parameters for the Micro Field Processor 5 101 20 2 Select Data Types for Micro Field Processor Data 5 102 20 3 Assign Data Defaults 2 sete Dyer dee IRE Eder bed 5 103 20 4 Configure Group Data Moves 5 104 20 4 1 Set Up a Group 2 5 105 20 4 2 Identify the Source and Destination 5 105 20 4 3 Configure the First Move fora Group 2 0 eee eee 5 107 20 4 4 Configure More Moves fora Group 00 c cece 0 5 107 20 4 5 Configure the Defaults for Each Move ina Group 5 108 20 4 6 Specify the BIU Scanning Frequency for the Data Group 5 108 20 4 7 Return to the Group Screen 2 2 5 109 20 4 8 Deleting a Group Data Move ssseeseeee 1 5 109 CHAPTER 6 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT CLEARING 1 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT CLEARING FOR INTELLIGENT MODU
209. le 12 AQ table 20 21 Relative offset from start of table 48 49 Chl Low Alarm 22 23 Byte length of discrete diagnostic input data 50 51 Chl High Alarm default is 9 24 25 Memory type for the module s diagnostic 52 65 Ch 2 parameters input bits usually type I Enter one of the numbers listed above 26 27 Relative offset from start of table 66 79 Ch 3 parameters 28 29 Byte length of module s control output bits 80 93 Ch 4 parameters default is 2 30 31 Memory type for the module s control out 94 107 Ch 5 parameters put bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above 32 33 Relative offset from start of table 108 121 Ch 6 parameters 34 bit 4 Line Frequency 0 50 Hz 1 60 Hz 122 135 Ch 7 parameters 34 bits Filtering Method 0 None 1 10 ms 136 149 Ch 8 parameters 0 1 2 20 ms 35 150 163 Ch 9 parameters 36 37 Active Channel Bit Map 1 bit per channel 164 177 Ch 10 parameters 38 39 Chl Range 178 191 Ch 11 parameters 1 span 10000 mV to 10000 mV 2 span Om V to 10000mV 192 205 Ch 12 parameters 206 219 Ch 13 parameters 220 233 Ch 14 parameters 234 247 Ch 15 parameters 248 261 Ch 16 parameters ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 21 Datagrams 6 3 9 5 Additional Configuration Data for an RTD Input Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 97 for an RTD Input module IC670ALG620 is listed below See Subsection
210. le 16 Grouped Points 150 IC670ALG620 RTD Input Module 190 IC670ALG630 Thermocouple Input Module 195 IC670ALG320 Analog Current Voltage Output Module 4 Grp Points 51 IC670ALG330 Analog Current source Output Module 8 Points 85 IC670MFP100 Micro Field Processor 111 IC693PRG301 Hand Held Programmer 170 IC661HHM502 Hand Held Monitor 0 The Hand Held Monitor IC661HHM502 used for configuring and monitoring the BIU and does not add to the load on the BIU However if a Hand Held Programmer IC693PRG301 will be attached to a Micro Field Processor or other module in the I O Station it must be considered as a load component as listed above Page 2 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Description 1 9 Hot Insertion Removal of Modules Bus Interface Units CE670GBI002 F and CE670GBI102 A or later support Hot Insertion Removal of modules in the I O Station Hot Insertion Removal means that modules can be removed and replaced while I O Station power is applied without affecting the BIU or other modules in the I O Station Separate I O module power must be switched off to the module being inserted or removed Hot Insertion Removal requires the use of specific modules and I O terminal blocks 1 0 modules having catalog number suffix J or above These modules have a projecting alignment tab that fits into a corresponding alignment tab on I O Terminal Blocks listed below Note that modules with this tab can
211. le manufacturers information about pulse rise time and NRZ data rate is useful for comparing cable types The N80 bit consists of three AC pulses the equivalent NRZ bit rate is about three times as great For assistance in selecting a specific cable type please consult your local ALSTOM engineer 6 PREFABRICATED CABLES For applications using 150 ohm cables prefabricated cables are available in 15 IC660BLC001 36 IC660BL C003 lengths These cables terminate in mating connectors that simplify wiring between I O blocks The 36 cable is recommended for Alspa CE80 20 installations AHS NI GHS T AAS 1885 D gt gt gt J gt l area SHD SHD SER SER OUT IN 2 1 Page C 6 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 7 EFFECT OF LONG CABLES REPEATERS OR UNSPECIFIED CABLE TYPES ON MAXIMUM LENGTH BUS Three effects limit the maximum length bus available at any baud rate Voltage attenuation 2 Waveform distortion frequency dispersion 3 Propagation delays 7 1 Attenuation The transmitter output levels and receiver thresholds determine the maximum attenuation that can be tolerated For Alspa N80 remote I O products this is the principal determinant when using recommended cable types 7 2 Distortion Waveform distortion is due to the limited bandwidth of
212. led data falls below the minimum for engineering units the module returns the minimum engineering units value 32767 If the scaled data rises above the maximum for engineering units the module returns the maximum engineering units value 32767 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 63 Station Configuration The illustration below shows the module s default scaling 1 15000 da T High Point 10000 1 sl 5 1 QI LI 5000 LI RD Li 15000 1 10000 5000 5000 10000 15000 0 110250 L4 11 1 e ILow Point 1 6 Ed 15000 Input Voltage in millivolts The first scaling screen shows the engineering units value that is considered equivalent to the low span actual value Engineering units may be from 32767 to 32767 5 2 ENG LO 10000 lt gt chg entr Enter the high span value for the channel This is the actual voltage in millivolts to be scaled to the high engineering units value S 2 CH1 ENG HI 10000 lt gt chg entr Next enter the actual voltage in millivolts to be scaled to the low engineering units value 5 2 CH1 SPAN LO 10000 lt gt chg entr Page 5 64 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Statio
213. lligent module in the I O Station including itself It is also possible to move data from one memory type in the BIU to another memory type in this manner Note the following about Group Moves 1 Ifa Group Move involves an intelligent module the module must be present to configure the Group Move 2 Ifa Group Move has been configured with an intelligent module involved and the intelligent module is then deleted from the configuration the Group Move containing that module is automatically deleted 3 The individual moves within a Group Move are not done by the BIU in sequential order For example two Group Moves would be needed to make the following moves sequentially Slot 0 the BIU to Slot 0 the BIU 100001 to Q00001 length 2 Q00001 to 100017 length 2 The would not move the contents of 100001 100016 into Q00001 Q00016 then move the same data out of Q00001 Q00016 into 100017 100032 Both the device being read from and the device being written to are identified by specifying their slot number location in the Station as part of the group configuration On the screen shown above enter the slot number of the module 0 for the BIU 1 to 8 for any other module that will be the source of the data Press the F4 enter key to accept the slot Press F2 gt to go to the next configuration screen Next enter the slot number of the module 0 for the BIU 1 to 8 for another module that will receive
214. lspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Datagrams Byte Description Input 5 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 72 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 74 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 76 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 78 low alarm limit Isb in byte 80 high alarm limit Isb in byte 82 Input 6 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 86 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 88 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 90 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 92 low alarm limit Isb in byte 94 high alarm limit Isb in byte 96 Input 7 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 100 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 102 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 104 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 106 low alarm limit Isb in byte 108 high alarm limit Isb in byte 110 Input 8 circuit configuration see above reserved low scaling point eng units Isb in byte 114 high scaling point eng units Isb in byte 116 low scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 118 high scaling point digital counts Isb in byte 120 low alarm limit Isb in byte 122 high alarm limit Isb in byte 124 Page 8 15 Datagrams 6 3 8 Analog Output Modules Configuration Data Format
215. lues on a graph shows that a signal of 5 volts DC corresponds to a speed of 22 meters second 73 3 feet second Velocity 46746 A 200 9 0V 180 ft sec 150 _ 100 50 Input Voltage 20 45 0 49 0 10 0 50 1 5V 20 ft sec 60 2 Figure A 1 Scaling an analog input For engineering units of feet per second the following scaling values are used Low engineering units 20 ft sec High engineering units 180 ft sec Low internal units 1500 millivolts High internal units 9000 millivolts An input value of 5 0 volts would be scaled to an engineering value of 00073 ft sec In this example scaling to hundredths of feet per second would provide better resolution The following scaling values would be used Low engineering units 2000 hundredths ft sec High engineering units 1800 hundredths ft sec Low internal units 1500 millivolts High internal units 9000 millivolts An input value of 5 0 volts would be scaled to an engineering value of 7333 hundredths ft sec ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page A 5 Scaling Analog Channels Page A 6 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Appendix Installing Additional Suppression b This appendix describes some precautions that can be taken in an installation to help assure proper operation It is possible some installations might exceed the sur
216. mmended for use If the cable types listed above are not available the cable selected must meet the following guidelines 1 High quality construction Most important is uniformity of cross section along the length of the cable Poor quality cable may cause signal distortion and increase the possibility of damage during installation Precision twisted shielded wire of EIA RS422 standard type having a uniform number of twists per unit of length In a catalog this type of cable may also be listed as twinaxial cable data cable or computer cable Relatively high characteristic impedance 100 to 150 ohms is best 75 ohms is the minimum recommended Low capacitance between wires typically less than 60pF meter 20pF foot This may be accomplished by inner dielectrics of foamed type usually polypropylene or polyethylene having a low dielectric constant Alternatively the conductors may be spaced relatively far apart Lower impedance types have smaller cross sections and provide easier wiring for shorter total transmission distances Shield coverage of 9596 or more Solid foil with an overlapped folded seam and drain wire is best Braided copper is less desirable spiral wound foil is least desirable An outer jacket that provides appropriate protection such as water oil or chemical resistance While PVC materials can be used in many installations Teflon polyethelene or polypropylene are usually more durable Electrical characteristics cab
217. mps Low 4000 High 20000 Low 0 High 20000 Connect the output load between Volt V and Return RET for the channel being used For 0 to 12 5 voltage place a jumper between RET and JMP on the terminal block Horner Analog Voltage Input Module HE670ADC810 Range To measure Enter this engineering Selected this voltage units value 0 to 10 volts 0 volts Low 0 10 volts High 10000 10 to 10 volts 10 volts Low 10000 10 volts High 10000 ALS 52307 Internal Units microAmps Low 0 High 10000 Low 10000 High 10000 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page A 3 Scaling Analog Channels 3 MEASURING SCALING VALUES If the circuit will not use mV LA units the most accurate scaling values can be found by taking actual measurements of the process The process must be set to two distinctly different conditions so two sets of measurements can be taken If the analog module is already installed you can use it online to the process being measured to obtain actual data values By default the Bus Interface Unit performs a 1 to 1 scaling on all channels Using the online method requires the prior configuration of at least the serial bus address the I O map and the module I O references 3 1 Finding the Digital Value with the Module Online to the Process If the module is online to the process follow the steps below to find the scaling values 1 Set the process to the first condition
218. n 032 lt gt entr 20 4 4 Configure More Moves for a Group Continue from the screen shown above to configure additional moves in the same group It is not necessary to configure moves that are not used a group can have 1 2 3 or 4 moves ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 107 Station Configuration 20 4 5 Configure the Defaults for Each Move in a Group Next establish the defaults for each move in a Group This determines how the BIU responds if it loses communications with the module that is the source of the data The BIU continues performing the Group Data moves even if it is not able to read fresh data from the Source module If the source is slot 0 the BIU itself and the data type is discrete or analog output Q or AQ and that data is included within the BIU s I O map of data received from the network these determine what happens if network communications are lost On the next screen specify whether the BIU should set the data it transfers to all zeros or hold the data in its last valid states Make this selection for each move in the Group by moving the cursor under the selection for each move move 1 of Group 1 in the example below Use the F3 toggle key to select either Y for Default to Zero or N for Hold Last State Move Deflt 1 1 YYYY lt gt tgl entr Press the F4 enter key then press F2 gt to go to the next configuration screen 20
219. n 50 m sec 165 ft sec If the speed is only 48 m sec 157 ft sec but increasing a second message would be sent at 50 m sec 165 ft sec Since these two diagnostic messages are the same it would be necessary for the program to keep track of the level of the Alarm Thresholds and recognize this as a higher alarm than that received initially At the same time it could move the low alarm to 42 m sec 140 ft sec and use this level to detect the end of the high alarm conditions Page 5 34 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 11 7 Default Inputs or Hold Last State Next configure what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the network controller if it stops receiving actual input data from the module 51 Hld Lst State NO lt gt tgl entr 1 Select YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold inputs in their last states and supply that data to the network controller Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s inputs to 0 and supply that data to the network controller instead 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the entry and go on to the next configuration step 3 Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 35 Station Configuration 12 CONFIGURE A CONVENTIONAL ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE y v S AQ00001
220. n Adjust its baud rate if necessary Previously unconfigured factory shipped modules operate at 153 6 Kbaud standard You should be aware of the operating baud rate before trying to communicate with the Bus Interface Unit and the Hand Held Monitor s baud rate should be set correspondingly After HHM power up and setup the Home menu appears F1 HHM UTILITIES F2 ANALYZE F3 CONFIGURATION F4 DEVICE MEMORY If the message FUNCTION DISABLED appears during configuration the corresponding HHM option has been disabled To continue it will be necessary to change HHM options in the HHM Utilities menu If the message CONFIG PROTECTED appears the Bus Interface Unit configuration has been protected To continue it will be necessary to unprotect the configuration Page 5 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 3 CREATE A NEW CONFIGURATION If the Bus Interface Unit has already had its Serial Bus Address configured go to the instructions on the next page If the Bus Interface Unit has not been assigned a Serial Bus Address select F3 Configuration from the previous menu The configuration Main Menu appears F1 PROG BLOCK ID F2 CONFIG BLOCK F3 COPY CONFIG FA Select Program Block ID F1 Assigning a Serial Bus Address to a New BIU The first step in configuring a new Bus Interface Unit is to assign its Serial Bus Address block number on the Program Block I
221. n Configuration Span values are 16 signed integers ranging from 10 000 to 10 000 After entering the low span value for the input press the F4 enter key Enter a high span value for the same input 5 2 CH1 SPAN HI 10000 lt gt chg entr 15 5 5 Alarm Limits The next screen is used to set the low alarm limit for the channel in engineering units 5 2 CH1 LO 10000 lt gt chg entr Each input channel can have a low alarm limit and a high alarm limit Alarm limits can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the signal The range for each is 32 767 to 32 767 The high alarm limit must be greater than the low alarm limit If alarm reporting is not wanted alarm limits can be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal so they will never be activated After entering the Low Alarm Limit press the F4 enter key Then enter the High Alarm Limit for the channel 5 2 CH1 ALRM H 10000 lt gt chg entr That completes the configuration steps for one input channel on the 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input module Continue as described above to configure the rest of the inputs ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 65 Station Configuration 16 CONFIGURE AN RTD INPUT MODULE 51 ALG620 FA 51 1004 AI00001 00004 F4 F2 Y 51 1 032 100001 00032 F4 F2 Y St Q 08 Q00001 00008 F2 S1
222. n screens appear depends on the revision level of the module the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 13 5 1 Channel Header For module IC670ALG240 version 1 3 or later if the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG lt gt zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press F1 lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel displays the module s last reference parameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 lt and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens The following features are configured for each channel 13 5 2 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If a channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns the value 0 S 4 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want
223. n the BIU s I Q AL or AQ memory that is used by the module s data Specify only one address typically in the discrete input 1 table Set the other address selection bytes to all zeros Bytes 0 to 3 must be 45 hex 0 0 0 Byte 4 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB Byte 5 71615 1413 21110 MSB Reference Address all zeros Byte 6 71615 413 2110 LSB Byte 7 71615 1413 21110 MSB Reference Address all zeros Byte 8 7 e l5 4 s3 2 1 0 LSB Byte 9 71615 4 3 121110 MsB AI Reference Address all zeros Byte 10 71615 413 12 101 LSB Byte 11 716151413 12110 MSB AQ Reference Address or all zeros Byte 12 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 unlabelled bits not used Input Default Hold Last State 0 default 1 hold last state Fault Reporting 0 enabled 1 disabled ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 11 Datagrams 6 3 5 Discrete Output Modules Configuration Data Format Specify the actual slot number and a length of 30 The reference address is the location in the BIU s I Q AI or AQ memory that is used by the module s data Specify only one address typically in the discrete output Q table Set the other address selection bytes to all zeros Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Byte 9 Byte 10 Byte 11 Byte 12 Byte 13 Bytes 14 to 29 Byte No Pa
224. n times typically impose more overhead on the BIU increasing backplane times Longer N80 bus scan times tend to reduce the overall load to the BIU and thus slightly decrease backplane scan times An estimate of backplane scan times can be found using this equation Backplane scan time mS I O X 0 8 2 25 N80 Bus Scan Groups MFP 1 In the equation IO Groups Example 1 0 150 X number of conventional module discrete I and bytes 0 500 X number of conventional module analog AI and AQ words 0 090 X number of intelligent module discrete I and Q bytes 0 150 X number of intelligent module analog AI and AQ words 0 500 X number of I O modules 0 015 X number of bytes internal BIU table moves 0 093 X number of bytes BIU module moves 0 175 X number of bytes module to module moves MFP logic sweep time if MFP synchronized Four modules no Group Data Moves N80 bus speed is 47ms Slot Module Data per Module Time per Total Time word byte in ms 1 16 Point Grouped Analog Input 16 words AI 0 150 2 40 Con ALG 11 bytes I 0 090 0 99 2 bytes Q 0 090 0 18 2 Conventional discrete output module 2 bytes Q 0 150 0 30 3 Conventional analog output module 4 words AQ 0 500 2 00 4 RTD Input module 4 words AI 0 150 0 60 4 bytes I 0 090 0 36 1 byte 0 090 0 09 4 words AQ 0 150 0 30 number of modules 4 0 500 2 00 Total I O 9 52 9 52 X 0 8 X 2 25 47 ms 8 07 m
225. nal The range for each is 32 767 to 32 767 The high alarm limit must be greater than the low alarm limit If alarm reporting is not wanted alarm limits can be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal so they will never be activated Page 5 56 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration After entering the Low Alarm Limit press the F4 enter key Then enter the High Alarm Limit for the channel 5 2 ALRM HI 10000 lt gt chg entr That completes the configuration steps for one input channel on the 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input module Continue as described above to configure the rest of the inputs ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 57 Station Configuration 15 CONFIGURE 16 POINT GROUPED ANALOG VOLTAGE INPUT MODULE S1 ALG282 1 0 ay 51 016 A100001 00016 F4 F2 91 1 1 072 100001 00072 F4 F2 Y S1 Q Q016 Q00001 00016 _ F4 F2 51 Module gt l DEFAULT ZERO CEP NIE e 51 Module gt DEFAULT ZERO F2 y 1 51 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO F2 y 1 1 FILTERING 20MS F2 y 1 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ F2 F1 S1 CH 1 CONFIG When you select Read from the empty slot HHM screen this module screen appears S 2 ALG282 1 0 del zoom 15 1 Assign I O References for the Module When you
226. network outputs hen I17 is ON send all data received from the netrork to the output able to allow the network to control outputs on the station lt lt RUNG 6 STEP 0003 gt gt NETPRES 10017 MOVE INT W w OUTS STOUTS 001 IN 9 00001 LEN 00001 KKK KK KKK KKK koc kk kc ke kk KEK koc ke kk KEK KEK koc ke ck ke ck koc ko koc ke hen I17 is OFF the network is not present allow the MFP to control hat data goes to the output table to control outputs on the station ER HERS KE ERI RIKI RELI EER ERI RR GR EMBER RE SR RA RAM SRS BR AH RY lt lt RUNG 8 STEP 0006 gt gt NETPRES 10017 k ADD_ MOVE INT INT STOUTS RO001 11 Q RO001 RO001 iN 0500001 LEN CONST 00001 00001 I2 RUNG 9 STEP 0009 gt gt ALW ON 50007 INT R0001 110 MOVE INT CONST 32767 12 ALS CONST IN Q R0001 00000 LEN END OF PROGRAM LOGIC 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 23 Operation Page 4 24 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Station Configuration J This chapter explains how to configure a Bus Interface Unit and the I O modules in a station using a Hand Held Monitor HHM version 4 6 IC661H
227. next item Note that all required references for the module must be entered You can give a reference parameter a length of zero if you do not want to map the data to the BIU If you attempt to back out before the references are all configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes no If you exit the references you have configured are not saved 13 2 Configure Data Defaults For data types AI and I you can determine what the BIU should do with the module s data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it 5 4 Module gt 31 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr 5 4 Module gt 31 DEFAULT HOLD lt gt tgl entr S 4 Module gt AI DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr For data going to the module type Q which is included within the BIU s I O map you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network S 4 Network 0 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 43 Station Configuration 13 3 Configure Filtering Next select the filtering delay to eliminate noise due to the AC power line
228. nfiguration Data for a Current Source Analog Output Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 119 for a Current Source Analog Output module IC670ALG330 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes O to 13 Byte 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Page 8 24 Description Number of input reference parameters 1 Number of output reference parameters 2 Byte length of diagnostic discrete input data 0 4 Memory type for the module s diagnostic input bits usually type I Enter one of the following numbers 16 I table 18 Q table 10 AI table 12 2 AQ table Relative offset from start of table Byte length of the module s analog output data 0 16 Memory type for the module s analog output data usually type AQ Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Byte length of module s control output bits 0 2 Memory type for the module s control output bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Local Default Output 0 off 1 hold BIU command timeout in milliseconds 500 to 65535 Active Channels One bit per channel For each channel 0 inactive 1 active Default is OxFF all active Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Byte 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 5
229. nfiguration screens appear depends on the revision level of the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 15 5 1 Channel Header If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press F1 lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel displays the module s last reference parameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens The following features are configured for each channel 15 5 2 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If a channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns the value 0 S 2 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press tgl
230. nfiguring a Group use the HHM s Clear key or F1 lt to return to the Group screen 20 4 8 Deleting a Group Data Move To remove one or more Data Groups begin at the Main Menu for the BIU Fl Monitor F2 Configuration From this menu press F2 Configuration This menu appears F1 N80 CONFIG F2 Module Config More Press F3 to display the next configuration screen Fl Grp Data Move F2 Previous Menu More Press F1 to display the first Group Data Move configuration screen Grp Data Move 01 Group at Cursor YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY Location lt gt del zoom ie oe represents a Group Data move On this screen each of the 16 potential Data Groups is represented by a letter N for No or Y for Yes The number of the Data Group indicated by the cursor also appears in the upper right corner of the screen To delete a previously configured data group on the screen shown directly above move the cursor under the group to delete Press F3 delete to remove the configuration for that group ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 109 Station Configuration Page 5 110 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Chapter Diagnostics and Fault Clearing 6 This chapter describes the diagnostics capabilities of the Bus Interface Unit and explains how faults can be cleared from a Hand Held Monitor or programmer
231. nged over the network There is no local Micro Field Processor BIU Map 100001 100104 Q00001 Q00040 100001 100024 AQ00001 AQ00004 No synchronization is required Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Page D 2 12VDC 16 Point Pos Neg Input Module IC670MDL640 5 12 24VDC 16 Point Output Module IC670MDL742 8 Point Relay Output Module IC670MDL930 8 Channel Analog Input Module IC670ALG230 High level 16 Channel Analog Input Module IC670ALG240 analog inputs diagnostic inputs control outputs 4 Channel Analog Output Module IC670ALG320 100001 100016 Q00001 Q00016 Q00017 Q00024 100001 100008 100009 AI00024 100017 100104 Q00025 Q00040 00001 AQ00004 CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Configuration Examples Example 3 Discrete and Analog Data Network and Local Processing In this I O Station there are discrete and analog I O modules and a Micro Field Processor All inputs are given to the Micro Field Processor and processed All outputs solved by the Micro Field Processor drive the station outputs inputs from the station are sent back the the system controller as well The system controller sends outputs to all modules but as long as the Micro Field Processor is present system outputs are not used by the modules If the local Micro Field Processor should stop pr
232. nificant byte of the data length and byte 1 is the most significant Page 6 6 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 6 3 2 Write Configuration Datagram Format for Alspa CE80 20 Intelligent Modules When using the Write Configuration datagram to configure Group Moves the datagram format is Byte No Description 0 Slot number in bottom nibble Intelligent Packet in upper nibble Examples 01 writes packet to intelligent module in slot 1 11 hex writes packet 1 to intelligent module in slot 1 1 Length sent in bytes maximum per packet is 128 2 optional If the slot number is 0 the location of the BIU and this byte is not included or if it is set to FF hex the BIU configuration is written If this byte is set to OL hex through 10 hex the appropriate group information is written ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 9 Datagrams 6 3 3 Bus Interface Unit Configuration Data Format For the Bus Interface Unit the slot number is 0 and the length varies Bytes 0 to 11 must be FF hex 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bye12 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSM State read only 8 Present 1 yes 0 no BSM Controller 1 yes 0 no BSM Forced 1 yes 0 no CPU Redundancy 00 no redundancy 01 Hot standby 10 2 Duplex 11 reserved Duplex Default
233. nit see Section 6 for more information For local control a module can be configured outside the BIU network map In addition each data type I 0 AI AQ has a total of 256 bytes allocated within the BIU So for each data type all references must be located within a 256 byte range For example if the starting address for analog output data configured for the Bus Interface Unit was AQO101 all analog outputs would need to be located between AQ0101 and AQ0357 Module references are automatically assigned by the Bus Interface Unit based on its configured data addresses and the number of points appropriate for the module type To edit the module s configuration press F4 zoom Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 12 2 Default Outputs or Hold Last State After zooming in from the reference address screen configure what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the module if it stops receiving actual output data from the network controller S1 Hld Lst State NO lt gt tgl entr 1 Select YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold outputs in their last states and supply that data to the module Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s outputs and supply that data to the module instead This selection has no effect if the BIU itself fails 2 Press F4 to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the nex
234. nitor Follow the steps below to replace the BIU s firmware EEPROM Avoid touching the exposed wiring on the Terminal Block when removing the Bus Interface Unit Electrostatic discharge can damage the module when it is not installed on a Terminal Block Always observe normal ESD protection practices when handling an un installed module Use of a ground cuff and a grounded floor surface are recommended 1 Remove power to the I O Station 2 Fully loosen the retaining screws in the Bus Interface Unit and carefully remove it from the Terminal Block Do not tilt the module during removal 3 Remove the retaining screws from the BIU 4 The firmware EEPROM is located on the 2 board set that also includes the Hand Held Monitor connector This set of two boards and their plastic card guide must be removed from the module housing 46546 V y Remove lt Note the position of the card guide with respect to the metal housing for reassembly ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 3 21 Installation 46547 card guide Hold your hand behind the module to retain the board set and turn the module face up Insert a small screwdriver or similar tool into either of the holes from which you previously removed the module retaining screws Pry the two halves of the plastic l
235. nnel 8 31 9 2 Message Content for Calibrating High End of Channel 8 31 9 3 Field Recalibration 0 0 ccc 0 8 32 10 READ VOFORCES Ded Reed aided qeu e rd pau aeg 8 33 l1 READI OFORCES REPLY i e Ave RE ERE RARE EY Fue 8 34 12 READ SLOT DIAGNOSTICS I me 8 35 13 READ SLOT DIAGNOSTICS REPLY eese 8 36 APPENDIX A SCALING ANALOG CHANNELS 1 HOW SCALING WORKS I e A 1 2 SCALING VALUES FOR IMV OR IMA ENGINEERING UNITS A 2 2 1 BIO Versi n 1 3 5o breue Renee ee eos ee A 2 2 20 BIU Version 2 0 or L ter 2 2 Bi Hele ee dee ee oe e A 3 3 MEASURING SCALING VALUES seseseeeee ehm A 4 3 1 Finding the Digital Value with the Module Online to the Process 4 3 2 Finding the Digital Value without the Module Online A 4 4 EXAMPLE OF SCALING AN ANALOG INPUT eene A 5 ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 17 Contents APPENDIX B INSTALLING ADDITIONAL SUPPRESSION 1 SUPPRESSION AT THE POWER LINES 2 00 B 1 2 SUPPRESSION FOR DEVICES IN AN ENCLOSURE 2 3 SUPPRESSION AT THE COMMUNICATIONS LINE B 2 APPENDIX THE ALSPA N80 SERIAL BUS 1 WIRING GUIDELINES e reme rl re C 1 2 ELECTRICAL INTERPACE efit Gan eie
236. oad required by each module and hardware component All ratings are in milliamps Input and Output module current ratings are with all inputs or outputs on These are maximum requirements not typical 1 8 Hand Held Monitor and Hand Held Programmer Catalog Number Description Current mAmps IC670MDD441 Mixed I O Module 24 VDC 10 Inputs 6 OUtputs 100 IC670MDL233 Input Module 120 VAC 8 Isolated Points 40 IC670MDL240 Input Module 120 VAC 16 Grouped Points TI IC670MDL241 Input Module 16 Points 2 groups 240 VAC LE IC670MDL640 Input Module 24 VDC 16 Grouped Pos Neg Points 83 IC670MDL641 Input Module 48 VDC 16 Grouped Pos Neg Points 83 IC670MDL642 Input Module 125 VDC 16 Grouped Pos Neg Points TI IC670MDL643 Input Module 5 12 VDC 16 Point 80 IC670MDL644 Input Module 12 24 VDC 16 Grouped Pos Neg Fast Inputs 80 IC670MDL730 Output Module 8 Pt 24 VDC Electronic Short Circuit Protection 125 IC670MDL740 Output Module 12 24 VDC 0 5 Amp 16 Grouped Pos 111 IC670MDL742 Output Module 5 12 24 VDC Negative Outputs 111 IC670MDL330 Output Module 16 Point 12 120 VAC 16 Pt 1 0 Amp 285 IC670MDL331 Output Module 120 VAC 2 Amp 8 Isolated Points 154 IC670MDL930 Relay Output Module 2 Amp 6 Form A Points and 2 Isolated Form C Points 313 IC670ALG230 Analog Current Input Module 8 Grouped Points 51 IC670ALG240 Analog Input Module 16 Grouped Points 251 IC670ALG281 Analog Voltage Input Module 8 Grouped Points 150 IC670ALG282 Analog Voltage Input Modu
237. oblems you can do either of the following method 15 preferred A Check the PLC configuration to determine whether CONFIGURATION MISMATCH is set up as a fatal fault If it is powering up the bus and Bus Interface Unit then assigning a serial bus address will cause a fatal error and shut down the PLC e if CONFIGURATION MISMATCH is a diagnostic fault you can install the Bus Interface Unit on the bus and power it up before configuring its serial bus address The Bus Interface Unit will start communicating immediately generating CONFIGURATION MISMATCH faults Complete the configuration ignoring the faults temporarily When you complete the Bus Interface Unit configuration the Bus Interface Unit drops off the bus briefly generating a LOSS OF DEVICE fault When it returns an ADDITION OF DEVICE diagnostic appears If no new mismatch faults occur after the Bus Interface Unit comes back on the bus check the timestamp on the faults the I O maps match in the PLC and in the Bus Interface Unit e if CONFIGURATION MISMATCH is a fatal fault configure the Bus Interface Unit s serial bus address and I O map offline before installing the Bus Interface Unit HHM setup instructions for offline configuration are on the next page When you then install and power up the Bus Interface Unit CONFIGURATION MISMATCH faults will not be generated You can complete the rest of the configuration after installation and power up if you prefer B Take the B
238. obtained from a table for the appropriate thermocouple type ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 81 Station Configuration 5 1 CH1 RJVAL 01 00000 lt gt chg entr 1 Use the change key if you want to change the value and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 17 5 9 Offset The last selection for each channel is Offset This parameter is normally left at zero The Offset is an optional fixed value that can be used to adjust for differences in thermocouples when the configured engineering units are either degrees C or degrees F For example if a thermocouple reads 25 3 degrees C when the actual temperature is known to be 25 0 degrees C a value of 30 would be entered to cause the thermocouple to read 25 0 degrees The value contains two decimal places and should be supplied in the units specified by the Range Type The value is applied before high and low alarm checks S 1 CH1 OFFST 01 00000 lt gt chg entr 1 Use the change key if you want to change the Offset and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 17 5 10 Configure the Next Channel Continue to configure the next channel in the same manner Page 5 82 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Confi
239. od of manipulating I O circuits that guarantees a fixed output input state While any circuit in the station is forced the Bus Interface Unit s I O Enabled LED blinks The force is normally applied and removed with the Hand Held Monitor When unforced a circuit responds to real input or output data Output circuits begin accepting CPU outputs If no CPU outputs are available the output will either go to its programmed default state or hold its last state according to the circuit s preselected configuration The only other action that removes forces is a configuration change to delete a module In that case all forced data is assumed obsolete and is discarded Forcing supercedes all other considerations including default and hold last state If a discrete circuit configured to hold its last state is forced while the Bus Interface Unit online the forced state is considered to be the last state If the Bus Interface Unit goes offline and the force is removed while offline the circuit remains in the forced state rather than assuming its actual last state When the Bus Interface Unit goes back online the circuit will again accept outputs normally Page 7 2 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 1 2 Overriding I O Circuits Overriding an I O circuit means changing its state or value in the PLC s Override Tables Overrides must be done from the PLC
240. odule l DEFAULT ZERO AFI 51 Module DEFAULT ZERO F2 Y 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ F2 y F1 1 OTC SUPPRESS NO F2 F1 Y 100001 00032 or do mo F2y 1 UNITS I F2 AFA CH1 TC TYPE E zo n9 2 F1 RANGE TP Y F1 ALARM LO 0 N Lo S i On y Art ALARM HI mn N on 50 I T E lt ro o QQ pon r n gom F2Y Repeat Other Channels F2 ALS 52307 Station Configuration 17 CONFIGURE A THERMOCOUPLE INPUT MODULE When you select Read from the empty slot HHM screen this module screen appears 5 4 ALG630 del zoom 17 1 Assign I O References for the Module Press F4 to zoom into the slot A screen like this appears Number of references for this module type S 4 AI AI 008 AI00009 00016 lt gt chg entr This screen shows the default table and length and the next available reference address for that reference type The length is displayed in appropriate units AI and AQ in words Q and I are bits The asterisk indicates that the reference is not yet defined If the present selection is acceptable press F4 enter to accept it The asterisk will disappear If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value pre
241. og input Suppress alarm short fault only byte 0 7 6 4 3 110 5 2 Fault Byte 2 byte 1 716514132110 Long 1 short 0 always 0 ALS 52307 Diagnostic table byte number 0 63 NOT USED This value points to an internal table where the Bus Interface Unit stores the English ASCII text used by the Hand Held Monitor to create its fault message displays CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 5 Datagrams 5 3 Fault Byte 3 byte 2 Fault record number always 0 Number of fault records always 1 5 4 Fault Bytes 4 and 5 Fault bytes 4 and 5 bytes 3 and 4 of the datagram identify the reference offset within the Bus Interface Unit itself assigned to the faulted module This is an internal reference not an Alspa C80 75 reference byte 3 Diagnostic reference address LSB Diagnostic reference address MSB 5 5 Fault Bytes 6 and 7 Fault bytes 6 and 7 datagram bytes 5 and 6 are interpreted by the Alspa C80 75 Bus Controller automatically They are not relevant to other types of host byte 5 7161514132110 Number of Alspa 80 75 fault entries to set bit 7 1 OR Fault byte mask for
242. old last state conditions then forces them For any intelligent module set up for defaults the BIU sets output table references to their forced state or value or to zero 2 8 Move Reference Parameters from a Synchronization Module to the BIU If a module has been configured as a Synchronization module the BIU next moves all configured reference parameter data from the module to the BIU s internal memory tables then applies any forces If the Synchronization module is busy the BIU waits then retries If the BIU is unable to move the data after five seconds it sets its own corresponding memory locations to zero or holds its last states as configured for the Synchronization module ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 7 Operation 2 9 Move Group Data from Synchronization Module to BIU If a module has been configured as a Synchronization module the BIU moves all its defined group data to the BIU s internal tables then applies any forces If the BIU is unable to read the specified data it generates a fault report and defaults the data to 0 or holds its last states depending on the module s configuration If any of the data items are presently forced those forces are retained 2 10 Send Outputs to Conventional Modules The BIU next sends output data to conventional output modules in the I O station Discrete output modules automatically echo the received outputs back to the BIU If a module fails
243. or Control Reference The HHM s Main Menu for the Bus Interface Unit appears Fl Monitor F2 Configuration 2 Select F1 monitor to display this menu Fl Monitor I O F2 Faults F3 Previous Menu 3 Select F1 monitor I O to display I O information for the Bus Interface Unit and its modules The first screen that appears is the Monitor screen for the first I reference Indicates force 15 in effect Reference being monitored Current state or value Display mode B binary 100001 0 B hex D decimal gt frc hex Page 7 4 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 2 1 Changing the Reference Type Being Displayed Use the F1 key to select a reference type I discrete inputs Q discrete outputs AQ analog outputs or AI analog inputs 2 2 Stepping Through the Configured References of the Displayed Type Use the F2 key to advance through the point reference screens for the selected reference type 2 3 Displaying a Specific Reference If you want to go directly to a specific reference 1 Display the reference type I discrete inputs Q discrete outputs AQ analog outputs or AI analog inputs as described above 2 Press the HHM s key 3 Enter the reference number from the keypad 4 Press the F4 enter key 2 4 Displaying References that are Outside the BIU s Map
244. ort module faults to the network controller for that channel Select N if it should not 2 Use the F1 lt and 22 gt keys to select channels 3 Use the F3 toggle to change the selection at the present cursor location 4 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 5 Press 22 to go to the next screen 11 3 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If a channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns no faults and no data Number of the channel S1 Active Ch O1 YYYYYYYYX at the cursor location lt gt tgl entr 1 For each channel select Y if the channel should be active Select N if it should not 2 Usethe F1 and F2 gt keys to select channels 3 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 4 Press F2 to go to the next screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 31 Station Configuration 11 4 Input Current Ranges Select a current range for each channel to correspond to the signal level of the input device Note that Current Source Analog Input Module I1C670ALG230 and Current Source Analog Output Module IC670ALG320 cannot be used with negative voltages 0 to 20 mA for current modules 4 to 20 mA A Number of the channel you are S1 Range Ch 01 20mA now configuring
245. ou are currently configuring Number of the channel you are now configuring lt gt 1 For EACH channel in turn enter scaling values in this order Low scaling value eng 10 High scaling value eng hi Low digital value int lo High digital value int hi 2 If you press F2 gt the display goes from value to value in sequence If you press F1 lt the display goes to the first value for the previous channel 3 Usethe HHM keypad to enter values To enter a negative value first enter the numbers then press the key 4 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen 5 Press F2 to the next screen 5 Press F2 to go to the next screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 33 Station Configuration 11 6 Alarm limits Each input channel can have two Alarm Thresholds one for a low engineering units scaled value and one for a high value Maximum values are 32767 The high threshold should be greater than the low threshold Threshold limits based on circuit scaling If scaling is changed review and readjust the Alarm Thresholds if necessary Alarm Thresholds can be set anywhere over the dynamic range of the signal Typically they are set at levels beyond which the input should not operate or levels beyond which alternate processing is required They can also be set beyond the dynamic range of the signal ensuring that they
246. oviding outputs the outputs received from the system controller will be used as station outputs BIU Map 100001 100104 Q00001 Q00040 100001 100024 AQO00001 AQ00004 Slot 1 synchronization is required Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 Slot 7 ALS 52307 c en Micro Field Processor IC670MFP100 Map 100001 00104 to MFP 100001 00104 so all inputs on station become inputs to MFP Map BIU 100001 00024 to 100001 00024 so all inputs on station become inputs to MFP Map BIU 000001 00040 Q00001 00040 so all outputs from control station outputs Map BIU 000001 00004 to MFP AQ00001 00004 so all outputs from MFP control station outputs Set all MFP default parameters to No Hold Last State 12VDC 16 Point Pos Neg Input Module IC670MDL640 5 12 24VDC 16 Point Output Module IC670MDL742 8 Point Relay Output Module IC670MDL930 8 Channel Analog Input Module IC670ALG230 High level 16 Channel Analog Input Module IC670ALG240 analog inputs diagnostic inputs control outputs 4 Channel Analog Output Module IC670ALG320 100001 100016 Q00001 Q00016 Q00017 Q00024 100001 100008 100009 AI00024 100017 100104 Q00025 Q00040 00001 AQ00004 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page D 3 Configuration Examples Example 4 Discrete an
247. ower left are controlled by an Alspa 80 75 PLC The Alspa CE80 20 stations and I O blocks on the lower right are controlled by a host computer equipped with a PCIM Personal Computer Interface Module The PLC communicates with a computer running programming software via an SNP Serial Network Protocol link And the PLC host computer and programmer computer exchange system data via an Ethernet communications link 46448 Alspa 80 75 PLC I LLL TIU e E d g 1 LPCM 2 m g Ethernet N80 Bus Figure 1 4 N80 Network with Alspa CE80 20 stations more complex example For more information about N80 systems and communications please refer to The ALS 52301 Alspa CE80 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual which describes N80 system operation and communications formats The Bu
248. pa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 15 Operation 6 OPERATION OF THE BIU WITH A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR The Micro Field Processor MFP is a specialized Micro PLC that provides local input output logic within an Alspa CE80 20 I O station The MFP itself does not perform an I O scan that function is performed by BIU 6 1 MFP and BIU Synchronization Automatic operation of the Micro Field Processor must be synchronized with that of the BIU Synchronization between the MFP and the BIU occurs at the following points 1 The waits for group data from the BIU 2 The MFP waits for its input reference parameter data from the BIU After receiving the reference parameter data from the BIU the MFP solves its logic program 3 After solving its logic program the MFP waits for the BIU to request its output reference parameter data Or if the is still busy the BIU waits for the Micro Field Processor to finish solving its logic 4 The waits for the BIU to request any group data from the The diagram on the next page shows the basic points of synchronization between a BIU and MFP The Micro Field Processor always performs housekeeping and programmer window functions regardless of the combination of BIU and MFP modes 6 2 I O References The itself has the following configurable references I001 to I512 Q001 to Q512 AIO01 to AI128 AQO001 to AQI28 References used by
249. pplied to the channel s input There is a calibrate command for a high point and one for a low point 8 The module samples the channel and calculates the nominal value using the default calibration data The module reads the number of samples specified in the command 1 to 65535 and calculates the average It then stores the current value and the sample average and recalculates the scaling constants for the channel 9 The module returns status information about the recalibration to the BIU Message Content for Storing New Calibration to Field Area Byte Value 7 0 8 0 9 3 10 20 0 Description Reserved Reserved Code to store to field area Reserved Message Content for Reverting to Factory Calibration Byte Value 7 0 8 0 9 4 10 20 0 Description Reserved Reserved Code to revert to factory calibration Reserved Message Content for Putting Module in Warmup Mode Byte Value 7 0 8 0 9 5 10 20 0 Description Reserved Reserved Code to put module in warmup mode Reserved Page 8 32 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 10 READ I O FORCES Subfunction Code 40 hex This datagram can be used to set read force information from an N80 Bus Interface Unit The information read is determined by the value specified in the datagram Byte No Description 0 Force Table Requested 0 input enable 1 output enable 2 input values 3 output values To read whi
250. r a Micro Field Processor module IC670MFP100 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes O to 13 Byte Description Byte Description 14 Number of input reference parameters 2 28 29 Byte length of the number of outputs from the BIU to the MFP s I table 0 64 15 Number of output reference parameters 2 30 31 BIU table to get data for the MFP s I table Enter one of the numbers listed above 16 17 Byte length of number of inputs to BIU from the 32 33 Byte offset of from the start of the selected BIU MFP s discrete output Q table 0 64 table to get data for the MFP s I table 0 255 18 19 BIU table to place Q data from the MFP Enter 34 35 Byte length of the number of outputs from the one of the following numbers BIU to the MFP s AI table 0 254 16 I table 18 Q table 36 37 BIU table to get data for the MFP s AI table 10 AI table Enter one of the numbers listed above 12 AQ table 20 21 Byte offset from the start of the selected BIU 38 39 Byte offset of from the start of the selected BIU table to put MFP Q table data 0 255 table to get data for the MFP s AI table 0 255 22 23 Byte length of the number of inputs to the BIU 40 Number of checksums O means do not check from the MFP s AQ table 0 254 program logic match 0 255 24 25 table to put AQ table from the MFP Enter 41 Byte checksum of the MFP ladder logic one of the numbers listed abov
251. r discrete output data type Q data up to 8 words for analog output data type AQ data If you enter a length of zero the HHM displays Unassigned for that data type If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR Data must be contained within byte boundaries entries for length and reference address are automatically adjusted if needed Lengths are adjusted down and reference addresses are adjusted down For example a length of 18 would be decreased to 16 and a starting address of 5 would be decreased to 1 After entering a valid length the offset starting reference address screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address for the selected data type You can press F4 enter to accept the default value or enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset S 1 I I 024 Ref Addr 00481 lt gt clr ent Module reference addresses for each data type must be greater than or equal to the starting addresses listed in the BIU map If you enter an invalid address the HHM prompts BAD REF ADDRESS Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s analog output data 5 1 AQ AO 008 AQ00025 00032 lt gt chg entr Page 5 64 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key The asterisk beside the data type disappea
252. r s Manual ALS 52307 Operation Other devices on the bus including the Bus Controller Hand Held Monitor and I O blocks also add to the bus scan time The ALS 52501 Alspa CE80 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual shows how to calculate overall bus scan time for all of the devices on a bus Remember that the N80 bus scan time can never be less than the 3 ms minimum enforced by the bus controller 5 2 Throughput If an output in the station is tied to an input in the same station the output changes state or value in the case of an analog output module within a few milliseconds of the new output being sent from the bus controller to the Bus Interface Unit To guarantee that an output changes state that state must be present for at least one BIU sweep time or bus scan time whichever is greater The input which is tied to the output responds as soon as any load effects have settled out and input filtering is completed This may occur as soon as the Bus Interface Unit s next I O scan If the host is a PLC an input must be present for at least one PLC sweep time plus one N80 bus scan time plus one BIU sweep time to guarantee its detection by the PLC If the input changes state only briefly and then changes again before the input data is sent on the bus the interim state may be overwritten in the Bus Interface Unit s internal memory by some new input state or value before it can be sent ALS 52307 c en Als
253. r up time easy installation and maintenance spare parts savings low cost feature flexibility open architecture adaptable to a variety of network distributed I O small compact I O modules with generic terminal wiring bases DIN rail mounted Page 1 2 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction 2 ALSPA CE80 20 MODULES There are three basic types of Alspa 80 20 modules Bus Interface Unit The illustration below shows an N80 Bus Interface Unit I O modules Micro Field Processor Terminal Blocks e Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block e Terminal Blocks each of which accommodates two I O modules e Auxiliary Terminal Blocks These optional terminal strips can be connected to the side of an I O Terminal Block if extra common terminals are needed llt 888888 2090000000 0660606060 388838 1 T Bus Interface Unit N80 Bus Interface Unit 88 88 Terminal Block
254. rameters Ch 4 parameters Ch 5 parameters Ch 6 parameters Ch 7 parameters Ch 8 parameters Ch 9 parameters Ch 10 parameters Ch 11 parameters Ch 12 parameters Ch 13 parameters Ch 14 parameters Ch 15 parameters Ch 16 parameters Page 8 19 Datagrams 6 3 9 3 Additional Configuration Data for an 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module ALG281 The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 149 for an 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input module IC670ALG281 is listed below See Subsection 6 3 9 1 for the content of bytes O to 13 Byte Description Byte Description 14 Number of input reference parameters 2 40 41 Ch1 Low Span 10000 to 10000 15 Number of output reference parameters 1 42 43 High Span 10000 to 10000 16 17 Byte length of analog input data default is 44 45 Ch 1 Low Eng Units 32768 to 32767 16 18 19 Memory type for the module s analog input 46 47 Ch 1 High Eng Units 32768 to 32767 data usually type AI Enter one of the fol lowing numbers 16 I table 18 Q table 10 AI table 12 AQ table 20 21 Relative offset from start of table 48 49 Chl Low Alarm 22 23 Byte length of discrete diagnostic input data 50 51 Chl High Alarm default is 5 24 25 Memory type for the module s diagnostic 52 65 Ch 2 parameters input bits usually type I Enter one of the numbers listed above 26 27 Relative offset from start of table 66 79 Ch 3 parameters 28 29 Byte length of module
255. rated 0 15 9 0 Request to calibrate low end 10 11 Current in microAmps Recommended range is 3500 to 4500 microAmps 12 13 0 65535 Number of readings to average 14 20 0 Reserved 9 2 Message Content for Calibrating High End of Channel Byte Value Description 7 0 Reserved 8 Channel No Channel to be calibrated 0 15 9 1 Request to calibrate high end 10 11 Current in microAmps Recommended range is 19500 to 20500 microAmps 12 13 0 65535 Number of readings to average 14 20 0 Reserved ALS 52307 c en CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 8 31 Datagrams 9 3 Field Recalibration The 16 Point Grouped Analog Input module is calibrated at the factory It can also be recalibrated from the host to adapt to different conditions Calibration data consists of two sets of values for each channel One value is provided to the module during calibration The other value is a corresponding A D sample value for that current that is determined by the module One pair of values represents a low value typically 4 mA and the other represents a high value typically 20 mA Recalibration if needed is done as described below 5 Connect a known current to each of the channels 6 Optional Place the module in warmup mode by sending the warm up command from the host 7 Send the calibration command from the host The calibration command specifies the channel to calibrate and the current being su
256. rating bus it must be changed on all devices on that bus After changing the baud rate you must cycle power at the same time to all devices on the bus to use the new baud rate ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 9 Station Configuration 4 3 Configure Fault Reporting On the next screen select whether or not the Bus Interface Unit will perform any fault reporting Report Faults YES gt tgl entr If you want to set up partial fault reporting for the station you can set fault reporting to YES here but inhibit fault reporting for some or all individual modules in the station Instructions for setting up or inhibiting fault reporting for individual modules are included in the module configuration portion of this chapter If you want to go to the next screen without making a change press F2 gt If the Report Faults selection should be changed press F3 tgl 2 Press F4 entr to save the change and go to the next menu 4 4 Configure N80 Network Redundancy If the Bus Interface Unit will be used as a bus switching device itself or located on a bus stub downstream of another device that acts as a bus switching device BSM Present should be set to YES For all other applications set it to NO BSM Present NO gt tgl entr If you want to go to the next screen without making a change press F2 gt If the selection should be changed press F3 tgl 2
257. rds discrete inputs and outputs are in bits The asterisk indicates that Repeat for other the reference has not yet been defined channels 2 The first screen shows references for discrete input I diagnostic data You can display the other BIU data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed If the starting reference and length for the data type are acceptable press F4 enter to accept them The asterisk will disappear Page 5 92 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value press F3 change Then press F3 to select a data table data type S 1 I I Select table tgl entr To configure the selected data type press F4 entr You can edit the length on this screen S 1 I 1 032 Select length clr entr Enter the new length from the keypad Valid values are 0 8 16 24 or 32 bits for discrete input data type I data 0 8 or 16 bits for discrete output data type Q data up to 8 words for analog output data type AQ data If you enter a length of zero the HHM displays Unassigned for that data type If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR Data must be contained within byte boundaries entries for length and reference address are automatically adjusted if needed Lengths and reference addresses are adjus
258. re now configuring 1 For EACH channel in turn enter scaling values in this order Low scaling value eng 10 High scaling value eng hi Low digital value int lo High digital value int hi 2 If you press F2 gt the display goes from value to value in sequence If you press F1 lt the display goes to the first value for the previous channel 3 Usethe HHM keypad to enter values To enter a negative value first enter the numbers then press the key 4 Use the F4 entr key to save the selections on this screen Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen Page 5 40 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 13 CONFIGURE A 16 POINT GROUPED ANALOG INPUT MODULE 51 ALG240 1 1 Fa Jy 51 016 100001 00016 F4 F2 Y 51 088 100001 00088 F4 F2 Y S1t Q 0016 Q00001 00016 F4 F2 S1 Module gt l DEFAULT ZERO F2 51 Module DEFAULT ZERO F2 Y S1 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO F2 y F 51 FILTERING 20MS F2 y 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ F2 y lt 1 LINE FREQ 60 HZ F2 ir 1 CH 1 CONFIG F1 F2 select channels FAzooM 51 F2 y 51 CH1 DEF RNG r2 y ri 51 CH1 ENGL 04000 F2 y 51 CH1 ENG H 20000 F2 Y F1 1 CH1 SPANL 04000 m F2 y 1 S1 CH1
259. re or reset This is not the same as the data defaults described on the previous page which are for the BIU The choices for local default output are A ZERO The output of each channel goes to OmV in the event of a local failure or reset B HOLD LAST The output of each channel is held at the last value latched by the D A converters in the event of a local failure or reset provided the appropriate user power supply is present S 1 LOC DEF OUT ZERO lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 87 Station Configuration 18 2 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit configuration screens appear depends on the revision level of the Hand Held Monitor and the BIU 18 2 1 Channel Header If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor support display of channel headers a header screen appears for each channel as shown below S 1 CH 1 CONFIG gt zoom A Press F2 gt from this screen to go to the header screen for the next channel Pressing F2 gt from channel 8 displays the module s first reference parameter screen B Press F1 lt from this screen to go to the header screen for the previous channel Pressing F1 lt from channel displays the module s last reference par
260. reference 100001 Destination reference 100001 Length 32 bytes Group Move No 2 Source slot 0 Destination slot 2 move outputs from BIU tables to High level Analog Input module control outputs Submove 1 Source reference Q00001 Destination reference Q00001 Length 2 bytes Page D 4 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Configuration Examples Group Move No 3 Source slot 3 Destination slot 0 move RTD inputs to BIU input tables All submoves can be set to default to either Yes or No Submove 1 Submove 2 Moves diagnostic bits Source reference 100001 Destination reference I00089 Length 4 bytes moves analog inputs Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100017 Length 8 bytes Group Move No 4 Source slot 0 Destination slot 3 move control outputs from BIU tables to RTD module Submove 1 Source reference Q00017 Destination reference Q00001 Length 1 byte Group Move No 5 Source slot 4 Destination slot 0 move Thermocouple inputs to BIU input tables submoves can be set to default to either Yes or No Submove 1 Submove 2 Moves diagnostic bits Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100121 Length 6 bytes moves analog inputs Source reference 100001 Destination reference 100021 Length 16 bytes Group Move No 6 Source slot 0 Destination slot 4 move control outputs from BIU tables to Thermocouple module Submove 1 Source r
261. rface Unit User s Manual Page C 1 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE The N80 serial bus uses computer grade twisted pair data cable The half duplex token sequence used requires only a single pair since at any time only one station is transmitting and all others are receiving stations must receive in order to track the present token value and take their appropriate turn on the bus regardless whether the data is to be used locally The transmit sequence is the same as the serial bus address SBA set into each location during configuration A simplified interface circuit is shown below Wiring Terminals S RI REF NN S SER LOCAL COM Bee SUPPLY 73 MD DENN 45 to 10 SHIELD OUT ome SER1 COM e REE 7 S seg SHE sER2 TX IN d TX CRM INTERFACE 4 7f ISOLATION LOCAL LOGIC CHASSIS _ GROUND Signal coupling to the bus is via a high frequency high isolation pulse transformer This permits the bus and the local logic to be at different voltage levels The pulse waveforms are bipolar see next section below to reduce DC baseline offsets in the waveform The daisy chained bus is shown on the left in the above illustration The SER 1 and SER 2 lines are merely tapped at the intermediate locations along the bus These connections must be consistent since the signal is polarized The shield of the cable
262. rm due to dispersion and resembles a frequency shift The digital input filter essentially is a band pass filter which looks at the half cycle timing Tp 2 and the duration above the thresholds Tw The limits are Tp 2 0 6 Tp normal maximum Tw 0 188 Tp normal minimum These measurements can be taken when evaluating the maximum length of an unspecified cable Dispersion is much less of a problem with fiber optic links since the media is much wider bandwidth and therefore has less distortion 7 3 Propagation Delay The propagation delay is caused by travel time of the signal down the cable Typical signal velocity in data grade cables is around 65 78 of the speed of light This requires about 3 microseconds to travel 600 meters 2000 foot long bus This is about half a bit time at 153 6 Kb This skew could affect the bus access sequence since only one bit of quiet bus skip time is usually allocated between transmission of adjacent addresses Refer to Bus Access Time 9 The signal must reach all devices on the bus within the period of one bit Propagation delay causes the ultimate limitation in bus length even with ideal media Propagation speed through fiber optic is not significantly different than wire and delays through the interfaces must be accounted for Page C 8 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus 8 SERIAL DATA FORMAT The N80 protocol is designed to
263. ro Field Processor performs some I O processing locally An TO Station with both discrete and analog data which also includes a Micro Field Processor Group Data Moves are used to transfer data within the I O Station This configuration allows all station inputs to be solved by the Micro Field Processor and all station outputs to be controlled by the Micro Field Processor The system controller for example a PLC will receive all station inputs If the Micro Field Processor stops providing outputs the system controller will assume control of all station outputs Example 1 Discrete Data Network Processing In this I O Station there are only discrete I O modules data is included within the map that is configured for the Bus Interface Module and exchanged over the network There is no local Micro Field Processor BIU Map 100001 100016 Q00001 Q00024 No synchronization is required Slot 1 12VDC 16 Point Pos Neg Input Module IC670MDL640 100001 100016 Slot 2 5 12 24VDC 16 Point Output Module IC670MDL742 Q00001 Q00016 Slot 3 8 Point Relay Output Module IC670MDL930 Q00017 Q00024 ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page D 1 Configuration Examples Example 2 Discrete and Analog Data Network Processing In this I O Station there are both discrete and analog I O modules data is included within the map that is configured for the Bus Interface Module and excha
264. rs to show that the current values have been saved Valid values for analog output data length are 0 8 If this length is set to less than 8 and the module has not been previously configured the outputs of unused channels will go to 0 mV However if the module has been configured previously and is reconfigured to use fewer channels the channels that are removed will continue to output voltage at their previously configured levels until the module is reset S 1 AQ AQ 008 AQ00025 00032 lt gt chg entr Pressing F2 gt moves you to the screen that shows the module s discrete output bits which can be used by the host for clearing faults Valid lengths for this data type are 0 16 The data must lie on byte boundaries entered lengths and reference addresses are automatically adjusted if necessary 5 10 0 01 Q01817 01832 lt gt chg entr Edit the reference address and length if needed Press F4 enter to save the selections Entries must be made for data types I Q and AQ If you do not want to use one of these data types give it a length of zero If you back out before all data types have been configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes no If you exit the I O configuration choices are not saved The BIU will not send commands to the module until all three data types 1 and AQ have been configured ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60
265. rsion takes into account the module type and the range that is selected ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page A 1 Scaling Analog Channels 2 SCALING VALUES FOR 1mV OR ENGINEERING UNITS 2 1 Version 1 3 For many applications the engineering units are either millivolts or microAmps These units are easy to scale Simply use the table below to find scaling values that are appropriate for the channel s configured range Analog Current Input Module Range To measure Enter this engineering Internal Units Selected this current units value microAmps 4 to 20 mA 4mA Low 4000 Low 4000 20 mA High 20000 High 20000 0 to 20 mA OmA Low 0 Low 0 20 mA High 20000 High 20000 Analog Current Output Module Range To output this Enter this engineering Internal Units Selected current units value microAmps 4 to 20 mA 4mA Low 4000 Low 0 20 mA High 20000 High 20000 0 to 20 mA OmA Low 0 Low 0 20 mA High 20000 High 20000 Analog Current Source Output Module IC670ALG320 in Voltage Mode Range To output this Enter this engineering Internal Units Selected voltage units value microAmps 4 to 20mA 0 volts Low 0 Low 0 10 volts High 10000 High 20000 0 to 20 mA 0 volts Low 0 Low 0 112 5 volts High 12500 High 20000 Connect the output load between Volt V and Return RET for the channel being used For 0 to 12 5 voltage place a jumper between RET and JMP on the terminal block Horner
266. rting at 1002 Slot 1 data group will be moved BIU sweeps 1 and 9 out of 1 to 16 isisisisisississssss The group move would be Source Slot 2 the analog input module Destination Slot 1 the Micro Field Processor IGI SIS SIS IS S S SS S GS s lols 29555 bll ole Slot 2 Move 1 Source Location 1009 start of second byte Move 1 Destination Location 10017 Move 1 Data Length 1 byte tuer lt __ Jo Move 2 Source Location 1002 start of second input 46542 Move 2 Destination Location AI002 Move 2 Data Length 2 bytes Sweep Selections 1 and 9 Group 2 from the Micro Field Processor to the Smart Analog Input Module Data from MFP memory starting at Q0017 is to be moved to the module s Q memory used to clear module faults The data group will be moved on BIU sweeps 4 and 12 The group move would be Source Slot 1 the Micro Field Processor Destination Slot 2 the analog input module Move 1 Source Location Q0017 Move 1 Destination Location Q0001 Move 1 Data Length 2 bytes Sweep Selections 4 and 12 only Page D 6 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307
267. ry located in the terminal block Both the power supply and terminal block are described in this chapter ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 2 1 Description The Bus Interface Unit has a replaceable 1A 5x20 mm 250 VAC slow blow fuse on the input power lines The fuse can be changed without disturbing the wiring of any other modules instructions are in chapter 3 1 1 LEDs The LEDs on the Bus Interface Unit show its operating status 46496 HMd 85 lights to indicate that 5 V power is available for logic operation lights to indicate that the module has passed its power up diagnostic tests See the table below for more information lights only if output modules are in the BIU configuration and are written to by the controlling bus controller if the Bus Interface Unit is installed on a dual redundant bus this LED lights if Bus B is the currently active bus PWR OK RUN BUS B OK RUN ON ON ON OFF ON Blinking Blinking ON Blinking OFF Alternate Blinking Synchronous Blinking OFF Blinking OFF OFF Page 2 2 Meaning Module functioning CPU communicating Module functioning no CPU communications for 3 bus scans Module functioning circuit forced Circuit fault CPU communicating Circuit fault no CPU communications for 3 bus scans Circuit fault Circuit forced No CPU communications block number conflict Electronics Terminal Assembly mismatch No bloc
268. s Groups none 0 00 Micro Field Processor none 0 00 1 00 Estimated backplane scan time 9 07 ms ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 9 Operation Example 2 Five modules one Group Data Move Alspa N80 bus speed is 26 ms Slot Module 1 Conventional analog output module 2 Conventional analog input module 3 Conventional discrete output module 4 Conventional discrete input module 2 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module IC670ALG240 number of modules 5 Total I O 12 67 X 0 8 X 2 25 26 ms Groups Micro Field Processor none Page 4 10 Alspa CES0 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Data per Module 4 words AQ 8 words AI 2 bytes Q 2 bytes I 16 words AI 11 bytes I 2 bytes Q 64 bytes Internal BIU table move Time per word byte 0 500 0 500 0 150 0 150 0 150 0 090 0 090 0 500 Estimated backplane scan time Total Time in ms 2 00 4 00 0 30 0 30 2 40 0 99 0 18 2 50 12 67 11 23 ms 0 96 0 00 1 00 13 19 ms ALS 52307 Operation 4 DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN THE BIU AND THE HOST Each bus scan a Bus Interface Unit exchanges the following data with the host 4 It sends an input message with up to 128 bytes of discrete and or analog inputs 4 It receives an output message with up to 128 bytes of discrete and or analog outputs The exact length of these messages is determined by the network I O map config
269. s Filtering increases the response time to changes in a channel The choices for filtering are A 10 ms The module averages the most recent 8 samples of the input B 20 ms The module averages the most recent 16 samples of the input The module will perform filtering on all inputs on the module that are configured as active S 4 FILTERING 20MS lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen 13 4 Configure the Line Frequency Next set the line frequency for the module Select 50 or 60 Hz Disturbances due to AC noise cause variations around the desired DC level The amplitude of these variations can be reduced by configuring the rate at which the module scans inputs for the operating frequency If the line frequency is configured at 60 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 04 milliseconds If the line frequency is configured at 50 Hz the module scans each input channel every 1 25 ms S 4 LINE FREQ 60 HZ lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 44 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 13 5 Circuit Configuration The sequence in which circuit configuratio
270. s Controller User s Manual for the system host which includes specific system interface instructions ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 1 9 Introduction 6 REQUIRED HOST SYSTEM EQUIPMENT The following system equipment is required Hand Held Monitor IC661HHMS502 version 4 6 or later For an Alspa C80 75 PLC e Alspa 80 75 CPU firmware release 3 0 or later e The Alspa P8 75 programming and configuration software release 3 0 or later e An Alspa C80 75 N80 Bus Controller release 3 0 or later The Bus Controller must be 4 0 or later for full diagnostics display from Alspa P8 75 or for redundancy applications For an Alspa C80 35 PLC e The Alspa C80 35 CPU firmware any version The Alspa P8 75 programming and configuration software any version e The Alspa C80 35 N80 Bus controller any version For a Host Computer e PCIM any version e QBIM any version Page 1 10 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction 7 USING ALSPA CE80 20 IN A CPU REDUNDANCY SYSTEM Most systems use only one Bus Controller and CPU to control the I O on the N80 network CPU redundancy which can be used for backup CPU Bus Controller protection in critical applications is described in detail in the specific documentation This page summarizes how Alspa CE80 20 products can fit into a CPU Redundancy system 7 1 CPU Bus Controller Redundancy Overvie
271. s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 16 8 High Alarm Limit Next set the high alarm limit for an RTD The range is 32767 to 32767 The high alarm limit must be greater than the low alarm limit 5 1 CH1 ALARM HI 800 lt gt chg entr 1 Use the change key if you want to change the High Alarm Limit and enter the new value 2 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next item 16 9 Resistance The RTD Resistance is a resistance adjustment that can change the Ohms value of an input Its use is optional The range is 0 to 3276 7 The value is entered and displayed in tenths of Ohms S 1 RESIST 1 Tenths of Ohms 00000 lt gt chg entr The resistance value is used to correct for RTD values that are not at the nominal value For example if a 100 Ohm platinum RTD is being used and it measures 99 Ohms at 25 C instead of the nominal 100 Ohms at 25 C the value 990 should be entered here to correct the temperature readings 1 Use the F3 change key if you want to change the RTD Resistance 2 Enter the new value in tenths of ohms 3 Use the F4 enter key to save the selections on this screen and go on to the next channel RTD Resistance specifications are available from the RTD manufacturer or may be determined by actual measurement ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 73 Station Configur
272. s from a Synchronization Module to the BIU 4 7 2 9 Move Group Data from Synchronization Module to BIU 4 8 2 10 Send Outputs to Conventional Modules 4 8 2 11 Send Reference Parameters to Intelligent Modules 4 8 2 12 Move Group Data to Intelligent Modules 4 8 2 13 Background Tasks puede LIED O bene ee eA We Bea 4 8 3 BIU BACKPLANE SCAN TIME eeeeeee 0 4 9 4 DATA TRANSFER BETWEEN THE AND THE HOST 4 11 4 1 Datain the BIU s Network Bus Map 4 11 4 2 Communications on the N80 Bus 4 11 4 3 Input Data Sent by the Bus Interface Unit 4 12 43 L i eee I a els en AE 4 12 4 32 I O Data Handling by Host I 4 12 4 4 Outputs from the Host to the BIU eee 4 13 4 4 1 Output Data Format RH e 4 13 44 2 dea dt e o ted e eed 4 13 5 N80 BUS SCAN TIME IRR Bey eee S erus 4 14 5 1 Procedure for Estimating Bus Scan Time for an Alspa CE80 20 Station 4 14 5 20 Throughput pe p ee TEES 4 15 6 OPERATION OF THE WITH A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR 4 16 6 1 and
273. s whose Y destination is the BIU except groups whose source is a Synchronization module MFP Waits 4 Send Group Data moves toa module MFP receives data from the BIU and places the data in its input tables Y 5 Send outputs from BIU to Synchronization modules MFP BUSY Y MFP places received data into its 6 Move all inputs within BIU network map configured memory locations from BIU tables to the N80 communications buffers Y MFP solves its program logic 7 Move all outputs within BIU network utilizing newly received data map from the N80 communications buffers to the BIU internal tables Y MFP updates its um configured memory locations BIU Waits if MFP is busy Y Y 8 Read all reference input parameters from Waits a Synchronization module Y Y MFP provides data from its 9 Read all group data to the BIU output tables to the BIU from a Synchronization module Y 10 Send all outputs to conventional modules MFP Waits T Y 11 reference parameter outputs to smart modules but not to MFP provides group data a Synchronization module to the BIU The tasks shown in shaded boxes 12 Send all group data to all smart performed only if the I O Station includes a modules except a Synchronizarion module Synchronization module The Synchronization z module is usually a Micro Fleld Processor Group Data is moved only 3 Backgrouna Tasks during its configured BIU sweeps Page 4 1
274. sibly send configuration changes process start sequence end check sequence send Pulse Test Complete process process process send config change process send config change when last point is unforced process send Read Map Reply process autoconfigure process send Read I O Forces Reply send Read Slot Diagnostics Reply Table 8 1 Datagrams for the BIU A PLC or computer can send a datagram to the Bus Interface Unit in the same manner as sending a datagram to an I O block or Bus Controller Page 8 2 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Datagrams 2 READ MAP Subfunction Code 2A hex This datagram is used to read the reference addresses and lengths that have been configured for the BIU s network I O map Data Field Format none 3 READ MAP REPLY Subfunction Code 2B hex A Bus Interface Unit sends this reply datagram after receiving a Read Map datagram It contains the previously configured BIU network map addresses The BIU s network map defines the BIU memory locations of the data that is exchanged on the bus It provides no information about the I O assignments of individual I O modules in the station However the checksums indicate that the overall configuration remains unchanged Byte No 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Byte Description Not used Starting reference for discrete input I data LSB Starting r
275. sion 2 SUPPRESSION FOR DEVICES IN AN ENCLOSURE For a group of devices installed in an enclosure the MOVs can be installed at the point where the power lines enter the enclosure Ideally MOVs should be used at each cabinet in the system for maximum protection The following illustration shows suppression on both power lines and the communications bus for modules in an enclosure Enclosure 46461 Power LUR to Modules 5 A Short Length of i Bus to All Bus Interface Units 3 SUPPRESSION AT THE COMMUNICATIONS LINE For an individual Bus Interface Unit suppression can be supplied by connecting two small MOVs from Serial 1 and Serial 2 to the Bus Interface Unit s Shield Out terminal bus cable not shown 46463 si S2 e T SHLDIN 0 suvo O MOVs If necessary higher energy rated devices can also be used It is important to be sure that the MOV leads do not cause any shorts between the serial data and shield connectors Chapter 2 of the ALS 52301 Alspa CE80 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual describes the noise rejection and filtering capabilities of the N80 network It explains bus wiring practices for all applications That chapter also gives additional instructions for installing a bus outdoors or between buildings including recommendations for adding suppression at the point where the bus enters a building
276. sly configured levels until the module is reset S 1 AQ AQ 008 AQ00025 00032 lt gt chg entr Pressing F2 gt moves you to the screen that shows the module s discrete output bits which can be used by the host for clearing faults Valid lengths for this data type are 0 16 The data must lie on byte boundaries entered lengths and reference addresses are automatically adjusted if necessary S 1 Q Q 016 Q01817 01832 lt gt chg entr Edit the reference address and length if needed Press F4 enter to save the selections Entries must be made for data types I Q and AQ If you do not want to use one of these data types give it a length of zero If you back out using F1 or MENU before all data types have been configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear 51067 yes no If you exit the I O configuration choices are not saved The BIU will not send data to the module until all three data types I Q and AQ have been configured 19 1 1 Configure Data Defaults Data default screens are displayed next For the module s diagnostic input bits data type I you can determine what the BIU should do with the data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero 5 1 Module gt 31 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr Page 5 94 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manu
277. ss F3 change S 4 AI AI Select table tgl entr From this screen you can display the other data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed 5 4 AI AI 008 Select length clr entr Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 75 Station Configuration If you want to enter a different length for the displayed data type press F3 clear to clear the length field Enter the new length from the keypad If you enter an invalid length the HHM prompts BAD LENGTH ERR After entering the correct length the offset starting reference screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address in the selected table You can press F4 enter to accept this value or F3 clear then enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset S 4 AI AI 008 Ref Addr 01896 clr entr Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s discrete input diagnostic data S 4 I 1 048 101801 01848 lt gt chg entr You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key After you press the Enter key the asterisk disappears to show that the current values have been saved Next go to the screen that shows the module s Q references which are for fault clearing S 4 Q Q 016 Q01801 01816 lt gt chg entr You can also edit this screen Use the F4
278. t in microAmps UA and the value in engineering units returned to the BIU The default scaling configuration provides values from 4000 to 20000 for an input current range of 4 mA low span value to 20 mA high span value To scale a channel choose a high and low point and enter the actual input value span and a corresponding engineering units value for each During operation the module will use these values to convert input currents into digital values that represent engineering units Scaling does not increase the resolution of the data but it does transform the values returned to the BIU into more convenient units The Open Wire diagnostic bit is enabled if actual input current value used for the Low Point is greater than 2 milliamps If the scaled data falls below the minimum for engineering units the module returns the minimum engineering units value 32768 If the scaled data rises above the maximum for engineering units the module returns the maximum engineering units value 32767 The illustration below shows the module s default scaling Engineering Units 25000 46538 24000 Overrange 20000 16000 12000 Overrange High Point 8000 4000 Low Point 0 E 4000 20000 24000 Input Current in MicroAmps Span 25000 The first scaling screen shows the engineering units value that is considered equivalent to the low span actual value Engineering units may be from 32
279. t module that uses more than one type of data up to 8 words of analog output data data type AQ on the Hand Held Monitor 0 4 bytes of discrete input data data type I for module and channel status Use of this data is optional 0 2 bytes of discrete output data data type Q for clearing alarms Use of this data is optional The length is displayed in units that are appropriate for the data type analog output data is in words discrete inputs and outputs are in bits The asterisk indicates that the reference has not yet been defined The first screen shows references for discrete input I diagnostic data You can display the other BIU data types by pressing F3 toggle Press F4 enter when the desired data type is displayed If the starting reference and length for the data type are acceptable press F4 enter to accept them The asterisk will disappear Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 83 Station Configuration If you prefer to change the BIU table mapping length or reference value press F3 change Then press F3 to select a data table data type 5 1 I Select table tgl entr To configure the selected data type press F4 entr You can edit the length on this screen S 1 I 1 024 Select length clr entr Enter the new length from the keypad Valid values are 0 8 16 or 24 bits for discrete input data type I data 0 8 or 16 bits fo
280. t screen 12 3 Output Default Values If Hold Last State is set to NO the following screen appears S1 Out Def Ch O1 00000 lt gt entr Enter output default values from the HHM keypad To enter a negative value press the minus key after entering the value 2 Usethe F1 and F2 gt keys to select channels 3 Press F4 entr key to save the selection and go on to the next item 4 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 37 Station Configuration 12 4 Channel Fault Reporting The Bus Interface Unit can report faults for each channel to the network controller If fault reporting is enabled for a channel the Bus Interface Unit sends a message to the network controller if any fault occurs on that channel If fault reporting is disabled the Bus Interface Unit does not send fault reports for the channel to the network controller Regardless of whether fault reporting is enabled the Bus Interface Unit detects faults on the circuit and takes appropriate action If a fault occurs the fault condition must be corrected for proper operation of the I O module Number of the channel S1 Faults Ch 01 at the cursor location Selections for all NNYY channels ni lt gt tgl entr 1 Use the F3 tgl key to select Y or N for each channel Select Y if the Bus Interface Unit should report module faults to the network
281. ta MSB 3 Length of discrete input I data in bytes 4 5 Starting reference of analog input AI data 6 Length of analog input AI data in bytes 7 8 Starting reference of discrete output Q data 9 Length of discrete output Q data in bytes 10 11 Starting reference of analog output AQ data 12 Length of analog output AQ data in bytes How a Write Map Datagram Affects I O Modules in the Station Receiving a Write Map datagram with different starting addresses and or lengths changes the memory assigned previously configured for the BIU s network map as explained above Because only data included within the map is exchanged on the bus the BIU responds to such changes in its network map by automatically reassigning the addresses of the modules in the station This assures that the data will continue to be exchanged on the bus It is important that the lengths supplied in the Write Map datagram accommodate all of the data that should be exchanged The data of any modules configured outside the BIU s network map will be scanned by the BIU but not exchanged on the bus For example suppose an I O station has three 16 point discrete input modules originally configured to use addresses I0001 through 10048 of this input data is included in the BIU s network map and is sent on the bus Original Configuration Starting reference 100001 Length of data 6 bytes slot 1 slot 2 slot 3
282. table 10 AI table 12 2 AQ table Relative offset from start of table Byte length of the module s analog output data 0 16 Memory type for the module s analog out put data usually type AQ Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Byte length of module s control output bits 0 2 Memory type for the module s control out put bits usually type Q Enter one of the numbers listed above Relative offset from start of table Local Default Output 0 off 1 hold BIU command timeout in milliseconds 500 to 65535 Active Channels One bit per channel For each channel 0 inactive 1 active Default is OxFF all active CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Byte 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 59 60 69 70 79 80 89 90 99 100 109 110 119 Description Chl Range span 10 000 to 10 000 units 210 000 to 410 000 1 span 0 to 10 000 units to 410 000 Ch 1 Low Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Ch 1 High Eng Units 32768 to 32767 Chl Low Span 10 000 to 10 000 high Chl High Span 10 000 to 10 000 gt low Ch 2 parameters Ch 3 parameters Ch 4 parameters Ch 5 parameters Ch 6 parameters Ch 7 parameters Ch 8 parameters Page 8 25 Datagrams 6 3 9 9 Additional Configuration Data for a Micro Field Processor Module The content of configuration data bytes 14 to 43 fo
283. tarting reference data Al starting reference data The data lengths are equal to the configured lengths of I and AI data selected for the Bus Interface Unit regardless of the host CPU type or the actual amount of output data needed for the modules physically present in the station Either length may be zero The discrete inputs appear in the input message in the same sequence as their assigned input references Each discrete input module occupies one byte per eight circuits The analog inputs are also in the same sequence as their assigned input references Each analog input module occupies two bytes one word for each analog channel The Bus Interface Unit sends this data from its internal I and AI memories beginning at the start locations selected during station configuration 4 3 1 Input Defaults When configuring input modules either a default state or hold last state can be selected If an input module is removed or fails to operate correctly the chosen state is substituted for actual input data A diagnostic message is provided to indicate loss of module Forced input data is not affected 4 3 2 I O Data Handling by Host How the host handles input data from the Bus Interface Unit depends on the host type 4 Alspa C80 75 PLC places the data in the I and AI references selected during PLC configuration These must be the same references selected during Bus Interface Unit configuration 4 host computer with a PCIM module
284. ted down For example a length of 18 would be adjusted to 16 and a starting address of 5 would be adjusted to 1 After entering a valid length the offset starting reference address screen appears The BIU automatically supplies the next available address for the selected data type You can press F4 enter to accept the default value or enter a new value from the keypad Press the F4 enter key after entering a new offset 5 1 1 032 Ref Addr 00481 lt gt clr entr Module reference addresses for each data type must be greater than or equal to the starting addresses listed in the BIU map If you enter an invalid address the HHM prompts BAD REF ADDRESS Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s analog output data S 1 AQ AQ 008 AQ00025 00032 lt gt chg entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 93 Station Configuration You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key The asterisk beside the data type disappears to show that the current values have been saved Valid values for analog output data length are 0 8 If this length is set to less than 8 and the module has not been previously configured the outputs of unused channels will go to 0 mA However if the module has been configured previously and is reconfigured to use fewer channels the channels that are removed will continue to output current at their previou
285. ter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it 5 2 Module I DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr S 2 Module I DEFAULT HOLD lt gt tgl entr 5 2 Module gt DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr A ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 51 Station Configuration For data going to the module type Q which is included within the BIU s I O map you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network 5 2 Network 50 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr 14 1 2 Configure Filtering Next select the filtering delay to eliminate noise due to the AC power lines Filtering increases the response time to changes in a channel The choices for filtering are A None The module returns the most recent sample of the input B 10 ms The module averages the most recent 8 samples of the input C 20 ms The module averages the most recent 16 samples of the input The module will perform filtering on all inputs on the module that are configured as active 5 2 FILTERING 20MS lt gt tgl entr 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen Page 5 52 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual
286. the F4 enter key to save the selections Press F2 to continue to the next item The next screen displays AQ references for the module Enter a length of 0 Use the F4 enter key to save and continue S 4 AQ AQ 004 AQ01057 01060 lt gt chg entr ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 67 Station Configuration required references for the module must be entered You can give a reference parameter a length of zero if you do not want to map the data to the BIU If you attempt to back out before the references are all configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes no If you exit from this display the references you have configured are not saved 16 2 Assign Data Defaults For data types AI and I you can determine what the BIU should do with the module s data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it I data is diagnostic data sent by the module S 4 Module gt 31 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr AI data is RTD input data sent by the module S 4 Module gt AI DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr For command data going to the module data types and AQ which is included within the BIU s
287. the module s last reference parameter screen C Press F4 zoom to go to the first configuration screen for the channel D When in a channel specific configuration screen press the up arrow MENU key to go to that channel s header screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 53 Station Configuration If the BIU and Hand Held Monitor do not support display of channel headers the header screens do not appear and keys F1 lt and F2 gt are used to scroll through channel specific configuration screens The following features are configured for each channel 14 2 2 Channel Active When a channel is configured as Active it is scanned for data and checked for errors If a channel should not be scanned that channel can be configured as inactive An inactive input channel returns the value 0 S 2 CH 1 ACTIVE lt gt ent 1 If you want to change the displayed selection press F3 tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen 14 2 3 Input Range On this screen specify the range for the input There are two predetermined range and data scaling combinations 5 2 CH1 RANGE 10V to 10V lt gt tgl entr The default is 10V to 10V Selection Input voltage mV z Data range 1 10000 to 10000 10000 to 10000 2 0 to 10000 0 to 10000 Page 5 54 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus
288. the station contains any analog modules the only form of CPU redundancy permitted is Hot Standby The Hand Held Monitor will permit selection of either type of CPU redundancy Do not select Duplex if there are any analog modules in the station CPU Redundancy No Cntl Redund gt tgl entr If you want to go to the next screen without making a change press F2 gt 2 If the selection should be changed press tgl ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 11 Station Configuration Hot Standby CPU Redundancy A device configured for Hot Standby redundancy receives outputs from both CPUs It is normally controlled by Device Number 31 If no outputs are available from Device Number 31 for a period of three bus scans the outputs are immediately controlled by Device Number 30 If outputs are not available from either Device Number 30 or 31 outputs go to their configured default or hold their last state In Hot Standby redundancy Device Number 31 always has priority so that when Device Number 31 is on line it controls of the outputs Duplex CPU Redundancy Only all discrete stations can operate in Duplex redundancy mode In Duplex mode a device receives outputs simultaneously from both Device Number 30 and 31 The device compares the outputs If corresponding outputs are the same the device sets the output to that state If corresponding outputs are not the same the device wil
289. ther types of devices with this capability are dedicated Bus Switching Modules and Alspa 80 75 Remote I O Scanner modules These are the only types of devices that can be directly connected to both redundant bus cables A Bus Interface Unit cannot be used as the BSM Controller for a bus stub Other devices cannot be located on a stub downstream of a BIU Note that the N80 Bus Interface Unit should not be connected to an external Bus Switching Module 8 2 Redundant Bus Configurations Many different redundant bus configurations are possible Three basic ways of using a Bus Interface Unit with a redundant bus are described below A Bus Interface Unit can be installed directly on both cables of the dual bus pair The Bus Interface Unit is configured to operate as a bus switching device in addition to performing its normal functions Here two Alspa CE80 20 stations are installed on a dual bus Each Bus Interface Unit would be set up as a bus switching device Bus A 46472 Bus B Figure 1 6 Redundant bus configuration first example Page 1 12 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction A Bus Interface Unit can be located on just one bus of a redundant bus pair if bus redundancy is not needed for the modules in that station In this example the Bus Interface Unit on the left is connect
290. to change the displayed selection press Tgl 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press 22 gt to go to the next screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 45 Station Configuration 13 5 3 Input Range On this screen specify the range for the input There are four predetermined range and data scaling combinations selections 1 2 3 and 4 plus custom scaling select 5 4 CH1 DEF RNG 1 lt gt tgl entr The default is 1 Selections 1 or 2 will convert the full input current span down to 0 milliamps and produce negative values below 4 mA Selection 1 produces engineering unit data in microAmps These also enable an Open Wire diagnostic bit which is true whenever the input falls below the normal range Selection Input current uA Data range 1 4000 to 20000 4000 to 20000 2 4000 to 20000 0 to 32000 3 0 to 20000 0 to 32000 4 0 to 24000 0 to 32000 none Configurable scaling see below Page 5 46 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Station Configuration 13 5 4 Input Scaling Th following screens can be used to set up custom scaling values The 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module performs its own scaling unlike conventional Alspa CE80 20 analog modules whose scaling is performed by the BIU Scaling can be used to define a linear relationship between channel s input curren
291. to the Read Configuration datagram The following pages show the formats of configuration data for Alspa 80 20 devices Byte No Description 0 Slot corresponds to slot supplied in Read Configuration message 1 Length depends on module type 2 N Data format shown on the following pages 6 3 Write Configuration Data Subfunction Code 04 hex The Write Configuration datagram is used to send configuration data Content of the data is the same as the Read Configuration Reply Do not send partial configuration data 6 3 1 Write Configuration Data Format for Alspa CE80 20 Conventional Modules Byte No Description 0 Slot Bus Interface Unit is 0 1 Length must match the length for the specific device whose configuration will be written 2 N Data format shown on the following pages Use the Begin and End Packet sequence messages to ensure that a sequence of Write Configuration messages is treated as a single entity Each packet should be in slot order Multiple packets for a slot must also be in order Multiple packets must be 128 bytes in length except the last which may be shorter Example Begin Packet Sequence subfunction code 06 hex Write Configuration 1 subfunction code 04 hex Write Configuration 2 Write Configuration N End Packet Sequence subfunction code 07 hex This contains the total nymber of BYTES in all Write Configuration packets For Alspa CE80 20 only the End Packet Sequence has 2 bytes Byte 0 is the least sig
292. tput Modules Configuration Data Format 8 16 6 3 9 Intelligent Modules Configuration Data Format 8 17 6 3 9 1 Configuration Data for Intelligent Modules Bytes 0 to 13 8 18 6 3 9 2 Additional Configuration Data for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Input Module 8 19 6 3 9 3 Additional Configuration Data for an 8 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module AEG28D RET ARIS ENT a pada ERE NU DARE 8 20 6 3 9 4 Additional Configuration Data for a 16 Point Grouped Analog Voltage Input Module ALG282 3 neti ohh lebe c e e a hea bos Edd eet 8 21 6 3 9 5 Additional Configuration Data for an RTD Input Module 8 22 6 3 9 6 Additional Configuration Data for a Thermocouple Input Module 8 23 6 3 9 7 Additional Configuration Data for a Current Source Analog Output Module 8 24 6 3 9 8 Additional Configuration Data for an Analog Voltage Output Module 8 25 6 3 9 9 Additional Configuration Data for a Micro Field Processor Module 8 26 6 4 Group Data Move Configuration Data Format 8 27 7 SET BUS INTERFACE UNIT OPERATING MODE 8 29 8 SET MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR OPERATING MODE 8 30 9 INTELLIGENT ANALOG MODULE RECALIBRATION DATAGRAM 8 31 9 1 Message Content for Calibrating Low End of Cha
293. ttempt to back out before the references are all configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes no ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 59 Station Configuration If you exit the references you have configured are not saved 15 2 Configure Data Defaults For data types AI and I you can determine what the BIU should do with the module s data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 enter key or press F3 toggle then F4 enter to change to DEFAULT HOLD and save it 5 2 Module 571 DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr 5 2 Module gt 571 DEFAULT HOLD lt gt tgl entr 5 2 Module gt DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr For data going to the module type Q which is included within the BIU s I O map you can determine what data the BIU will send to the module if the BIU loses communications with the network S 2 Network gt Q DEFAULT ZERO lt gt tgl entr Page 5 60 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 15 3 Configure Filtering Next select the filtering delay to eliminate noise due to the AC power lines Filtering increases the response time to changes in a channel The choices
294. twork n a n a 7 Move from network yes n a n a 8 All inputs from MFP gets solution yes defaults 9 Groups from MFP to BIU tables yes defaults 10 Outputs to conventional modules defaults at step 7 11 outputs to intelligent modules defaults at step 7 12 Groups to intelligent modules defaults at step 7 defaults 13 Data displayed on HHM ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 19 Operation 7 BACKING UP MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR OUTPUTS The network can back up outputs normally controlled by the Micro Field Processor if the MFP fails or goes into Stop Faulted mode To create this backup capability for one or more output modules do the following 1 Configure the module outputs to lie within both the BIU s Network Map and the MFP s I O map For example Output References EUER SEE us Interface Unit Outputs zh n 8 eas i 000001 000016 lt x Q00001 Q00128 F 3 9 z Network E Map Q00017 Q00128 2 amp S 9 000001 000016 _ 5 Hen Micro Field Processor Outputs 5 2 000001 000128 Hera Q00017 Q00128 5 0 Module Outputs 000001
295. u want to go to the next screen without changing the selection press F2 gt 5 2 Disable Network I O Updates On this screen you can enable or disable I O updates between the BIU and the bus The BIU continues scanning the I O modules but does not exchange the data on the bus An Alspa 80 75 PLC will not report this condition as a Loss of Device However any alarm contacts in the Alspa C80 75 PLC that are assigned to the BIU will be set Network ENABLED lt gt tgl entr When the network scan is disabled all inputs hold last state For previously configured modules outputs mapped to the network will either default or hold their last state or value as configured 1 If you want to change the present selection press F3 tgl 2 Press entr If you want to go to the next screen without changing the selection press F2 gt Page 5 14 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 6 CONFIGURE THE NETWORK MAP FOR THE BUS INTERFACE UNIT The next screens are used to assign the starting addresses and lengths for the Bus Interface Unit s network map This is the data exchanged on the N80 bus Blk Map Start I Indicates no data type has been selected yet NEL entr I discrete inputs bits Q discrete outputs bits A analog inputs 16 bit words AQ analog outputs 16 bit words If the system host is an Alspa 8000 PLC the l
296. ues are configured Pressing the MENU Up key in this situation will cause the HHM to display the following message Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes If you want to return to the span configuration screens press F4 no If you want to clear the entire slot configuration instead press F3 yes The slot will then be displayed as empty Page 5 100 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 20 CONFIGURE A MICRO FIELD PROCESSOR MFP x x Dey 51 MFPQ1 Unassigned _ y 51 MFPQ1 Select table F4 v ri 1 1 000 Select length F4 v ri 51 1 008 Ref Addr00001 F4 V 51 MFPQ1 1 008 10000100008 F3 F2 4 Assign other reference parameters MFPAQ MFPI1 and 51 Module 51 Network gt AQ F4 F2 F2 y DEFAULT ZERO F2 y Fi DEFAULT ZERO F4 F2 DEFAULT ZERO F4 F2 Y DEFAULT ZERO There are two basic steps to configuring a Micro Field Processor MFP 1 Configuring the Reference Parameters as described here Reference Parameter is the term used here to describe data usually of more than one data type that is transferred between an intelligent module and the Bus Interface Unit during each BIU sweep data exchanged by intelligent modules in an Alspa CE80 20 station is c
297. ured for the Bus Interface Unit 4 1 Datain the BIU s Network Bus Map As mentioned previously the BIU has 256 bytes of memory available for each of the four types of data discrete and analog inputs and outputs I Q AI and AQ For each data type up to half 128 of the 256 bytes can be used for the data that will be exchanged on the N80 bus During BIU configuration starting addresses and lengths are set up for each of the BIU s four types of I O memory These addresses and lengths define the BIU s network I O map The data from each table I AL Q and AQ must be contiguous BIU Memory Type Designation Amount Available in BIU Maximum Length for Network Map 256 bytes up to 1024 contiguous bits 256 bytes up to 1024 contiguous bits 256 bytes up to 64 contiguous words 256 bytes up to 64 contiguous words Note that although it is possible to configure up to 128 bytes of memory in the network map for each data type the maximum amount that can be included in the map is a total of 128 bytes of inputs I plus AT and 128 bytes of outputs Q plus AQ Data to be exchanged on the bus must be configured to use references within the network map configured for the BIU Data of individual I O modules may be configured anywhere within available memory It is possible to have inputs or outputs within the I O station that are not exchanged on the N80 bus that is data that is completely local to the I O station For example the I O station might
298. us Interface Unit User s Manual Page 7 Reader s comments Page 8 CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 c en Contents CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 OVERVIEW OF ALSPA 20 2 0 1 1 LF Description iesu 1 1 1 2 jBeatUres ee eee Rr eR LEE ee e oet 1 2 2 ALSPA CE80 20 MODULES e s 1 3 2 1 N80 Bus Interface Unit retenir aie EP S ERR EA 1 4 2 2 Bus Interface Unit Terminal Block lees 1 4 2 3 6 Modules 5 scans S CDU pp ERAT pad CA I REP 1 4 2 4 Field Processot eee eae heute 1 4 2 5 Terminal Blocks and Auxiliary I O Terminal Blocks 1 5 3 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS eeeeeeeee 1 6 4 CONFIGURATION FOR ALSPA CE80 20 0 e 1 7 5 ALSPA CE80 20 IN AN ALSPA N80 NETWORK 1 8 ool The Host CPU is acne een Uie Ec p RR Rd UE RD ER 1 8 5 2 More Complex Alspa CE80 20 and N80 1 9 6 REQUIRED HOST SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 0 0 ce cee eee I 1 10 7 USING ALSPA CE80 20 IN CPU REDUNDANCY SYSTEM 1 11 7 1 CPU Bus Controller Redundancy Overview 1 11 7 2 Hot Standby CPU Redundancy 2 eee ee eee 1 11 7 3 Duplex CPU Redundancy 0 0 eee ce eee eens 1 11 8 USING ALSPA CE80 20 IN AN N80 REDUNDANCY SYS
299. use AI memory although that is not required 4 388 bits of discrete inputs I for module and channel status data 4 16 bits of discrete outputs for fault clearing commands to the module ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 4 3 Operation Some intelligent modules use all four available data types discrete inputs and outputs and analog inputs and outputs The BIU reads input and status data and sends output and command data to intelligent module during every sweep of BIU operations Alspa CE80 20 Station 46540 Bus Interface Unit 27 73 intelligent _ Analog Input A EM Module AQ Reference Parameters are Transferred Each BIU Sweep 1 3 Group Data for Intelligent Modules Intelligent modules can also be configured for Group data transfer with the BIU or with other intelligent devices in the same Alspa CE80 20 station A data group is a selected set of data that the BIU transfers from one location to another location in the station The BIU can transfer the group data during every sweep of its operations or only during specified sweeps This ability to skip group data transfers during certain sweeps makes it possible to shorten the BIU s overall sweep time 4 16 groups can be set up for an I O station 4 group contains data from only one module to only one module Either module may be an I
300. uses more than one type of data Use the F2 gt key to display the screen for the module s discrete input diagnostic data 5 2 I I 040 101152 01191 lt gt chg entr You can edit this screen or accept it using the F4 enter key The asterisk beside the data type disappears to show that the current values have been saved S 2 I 1 040 I01152 01191 lt gt chg entr Next go to the screen that shows the module s discrete output references which are used for fault clearing Page 5 50 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration 5 20 Q 008 Q00916 00923 lt gt chg entr You can also edit this screen Use the F4 enter key to save the selections and continue to the next item Note that all required references for the module must be entered You can give a reference parameter a length of zero if you do not want to map the data to the BIU If you attempt to back out before the references are all configured the HHM displays the following screen Cfg Incomplete Clear Slot yes no If you exit the references you have configured are not saved 14 1 1 Configure Data Defaults For data types AI and 1 you can determine what the BIU should do with the module s data if the BIU loses communications with the module Data can either be held at its present values or defaulted to zero You can accept DEFAULT ZERO with the F4 en
301. vailable references just press F4 entr B If you want to change to another type of I O table press F3 toggle C If you want to assign specific references enter the starting address Press F4 entr For most applications all module references should fall within the network map configured for the Bus Interface Unit see Section 6 for more information For local control a module can be configured outside the BIU network map In addition each data type AI AQ has a total of 256 bytes allocated within the BIU So for each data type all references must be located within a 256 byte range For example if the starting address for output data configured for the Bus Interface Unit was Q01024 all module outputs would need to be located between Q01024 and Q03072 Discrete references are assigned on byte boundaries Page 5 24 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Station Configuration Module references are automatically assigned by the Bus Interface Unit based on its configured data addresses and the number of points appropriate for the module type To edit the module s configuration press F4 zoom 9 2 Default Outputs or Hold Last State After selecting the module s reference address configure what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the module if it stops receiving outputs from the network S1 Hld Lst State NO lt gt tgl entr 1 Sel
302. w In CPU redundancy two Bus Controllers on the same bus can send control outputs at the same time Both Bus Controllers automatically receive inputs and fault reports from all devices on the bus that have been configured as being in CPU mode The Bus Controllers must use serial bus addresses device numbers 30 and 31 Alspa CE80 20 stations can be used on a bus controlled by redundant CPUs Bus Controllers Bus Bus Controller Controller Device 30 Device 31 I Figure 1 5 Alspa CE80 20 station with CPU redundancy How the two sets of outputs from the dual CPUs are handled by a Bus Interface Unit depends on whether the Bus Interface Unit is set up for Hot Standby or Duplex redundancy f the station contains any analog modules the only form of CPU redundancy permitted is Hot Standby 7 3 Hot Standby CPU Redundancy A Bus Interface Unit configured for Hot Standby mode is normally controlled by the Bus Controller assigned to serial bus address 31 If no outputs are available from 31 for three bus scans the Bus Interface Unit accepts outputs from the Bus Controller assigned to serial bus address 30 If outputs are not available from either Bus Controller outputs go to their configured defaults or hold their last state In Hot Standby redundancy Bus Controller
303. what type of data the Bus Interface Unit should provide to the BIU internal table if it stops receiving actual input data from the module S1 Hld Lst State NO lt gt tgl entr 1 Select YES if the Bus Interface Unit should hold inputs in their last states and supply that data to the BIU internal table Select NO if the Bus Interface Unit should default all the module s inputs to 0 and supply that data to the BIU internal table instead 2 Use the F4 entr key to save the selection 3 Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 5 23 Station Configuration 9 CONFIGURE A DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULE 51 Mod Discrete Out 16 F4 51 9 16 Q F4 y S Q 16 Q00001 Q00016 L Fay 51 Ref Address Q0001 F2 F1 S1 Hid Lst State NO rzy th Out Def Pt 01 00100000010010101 F2y 1 Report Faults After you accept a module into the slot a screen like this appears S 1 Q 16 Number of Q references for this module type tgl entr 9 1 Assign I O References for the Module Specify the I O references to be used by the module For most applications you can simply have the Bus Interface Unit assign the next available references in that memory type Alternatively you can enter specific references for the module A To assign the next a
304. which provide specific module wiring information Chapter 2 of the ALS 52301 Alspa CES0 15 I O System and Alspa N80 Communications Network User s Manual which includes detailed instructions for selecting and installing an N80 bus Page 1 6 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual ALS 52307 Introduction 4 CONFIGURATION FOR ALSPA CE80 20 Configuration is an important part of the process of setting up an Alspa CE80 20 station It establishes the following features For the Bus Interface Unit e N80 serial bus address e Baud rate for N80 bus communications e Fault reporting to the host Use of the Bus Interface Unit as a bus switching device in a dual redundant bus system e Redundancy mode for CPU redundancy e Configuration protection For I O Modules e addressing e Whether faults will be reported to the host e Hold Last State for inputs or outputs e Output defaults e Range selection for analog modules e Scaling for analog modules e Alarm limits for analog modules Micro Field Processor e Reference addresses e Data lengths A Bus Interface Unit and I O modules can be fully configured using a Hand Held Monitor Optionally a previously configured Bus Interface Unit can be reconfigured using datagrams For more information about configuration please refer to Chapter 5 of this manual Station Configuration An N80 Hand Held Monitor version 4 6 IC
305. will never be activated See the examples below 1 For EACH channel in turn first enter a low alarm value S1 Alarm Ch O1 Number of the 00000 lo channel you are now configuring lt gt 2 Press entr key 3 Then enter a high alarm value S1 Alarm Ch 01 00000 high lt gt 4 Use the F1 lt and 22 gt keys to select channels 5 Press entr key to save the selection 6 Press F2 gt to return to the original slot configuration screen 6 Press F2 gt to go to the next screen Example 1 circuit is expected to report engineering unit values of 6 m sec 20 ft sec to 55 m sec 180 ft sec The high alarm is set at 45 m sec 150 ft sec and the low alarm at 7 5 m sec 25 ft sec If an input reached its high alarm a new threshold could be set This could generate a high high alarm or an alarm cleared threshold Example 2 A circuit is expected to report engineering unit values of 6 m sec 20 ft sec to 55 m sec 180 ft sec The high alarm is set at 45 m sec 150 ft sec and the low alarm at 7 5 m sec 25 ft sec An Alarm Threshold is set at 45 s sec 150 ft sec Upon receiving an alarm message the CPU changes the Alarm Threshold to 50 m sec 165 ft sec by using a Write Configuration command and sends the appropriate Clear Circuit Fault command No alarm message is sent upon changing the threshold unless the speed is greater tha
306. wire media which causes the various frequency components of a pulse waveform to travel at different speeds and thus arrive separately in time called dispersion As a result the received pulse appears rounded and distorted The signal at the extreme end from the transmitter may look rounded and skewed as shown below Distortion is most apparent near the beginning and end of a pulse train where in may appear as a change in phase or a frequency shift Critical timing for a logic 0 transmission is shown below in a more detailed version of the waveform Es Note the first and last half cycle look wider The most critical to operation is the first full cycle of the first start bit of the transmission Detection of this pulse establishes the time synchronization of the receiver to the incoming waveform Missing this first pulse does not cause the data to be missed but may compromise the noise immunity with respect to extra or missing pulses The frequency of the AC pulse is 3X the baud rate as noted earlier This means the normal period Tp normal is 2 17 microseconds at 153 6 Kb 4 34 microseconds at 76 8 Kb 8 68 microseconds at 38 4 Kb ALS 52307 Alspa CE80 20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page C 7 The Alspa N60 Serial Bus The half cycle pulse width when measured between the positive and negative receiver thresholds denoted as Tp 2 in the figure will vary along the wavefo
307. with the Bus Interface Unit online Results can be viewed on the programmer screen The override data is stored in the PLC and survives loss of power in the PLC However if power is lost at the PLC but not at the Bus Interface Unit the Bus Interface Unit operates as it normally does if CPU communications are lost Outputs go to their default state or hold their last state as configured Once power is restored at the PLC and CPU communications resume the output overrides again take effect ALS 52307 c en Alspa CE80 20 N60 Bus Interface Unit User s Manual Page 7 3 Monitoring and Controlling Alspa CES0 20 Data 2 MONITOR CONTROL DATA HAND HELD MONITOR A Hand Held Monitor can be used to display diagnostics see chapter 8 and current I O states and to force and unforce individual I O points 1 From the HHM Main Menu shown below display the HHM s special set of menus for the Bus Interface Unit F1 HHM UTILITIES F2 ANALYZE F3 CONFIGURATION F4 DEVICE MEMORY A If the Bus Interface Unit is the currently selected device press either F3 Configuration or F2 analyze twice B If the Bus Interface Unit is NOT the currently selected device e Select F2 analyze then F3 Block Bus Status e Press the F1 nxt or F2 prev key repeatedly until you reach the serial bus address of the Bus Interface Unit Press F3 to make the Bus Interface Unit the active device Then press the keypad Menu key followed by F2 Monit

Alspa CE80–20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Alspa CE80&ndash;20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Alspa CE80–20 N80 Bus Interface Unit User`s Manual